Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Theoretical Computer Science

464 missions · 238 completed

The mathematical foundations of computation: which problems can be solved, by what algorithms, and at what cost in time, space, or communication. Distinguished by its emphasis on rigor and unconditional lower bounds, it spans computational complexity, algorithm design, automata and computability, cryptography, and the analysis of Boolean functions.

Missions

Open226Completed238All464
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Linear-Time Algorithm for Finding a Sparse k-Connected Spanning Subgraph of a k-Connected Graph 2: FOREST's Forests E_i Preserve Local Node-Connectivity up to i in a Simple GraphResearch Paper

Motivation

Given a kkk-connected graph, many connectivity algorithms run in time that grows with the number of edges ∣E∣|E|∣E∣. A sparse certificate is a spanning subgraph with only O(k∣V∣)O(k|V|)O(k∣V∣) edges that is still kkk-connected; computing one first and running the expensive algorithm on it replaces ∣E∣|E|∣E∣ by k∣V∣k|V|k∣V∣ in the bound. Finding a kkk-connected spanning subgraph with the minimum number of edges is NP-complete for every fixed k≥2k \ge 2k≥2 (Garey and Johnson, problem GT31), so the question is how cheaply a sparse, not necessarily minimum, certificate can be found.

Nagamochi and Ibaraki (Algorithmica 7 (1992) 583–596) answered this with a single linear-time scanning procedure, FOREST, which partitions the edges into classes E1,E2,…,E∣E∣E_1, E_2, \dots, E_{|E|}E1​,E2​,…,E∣E∣​. They showed that the prefix unions E1∪⋯∪EkE_1 \cup \dots \cup E_kE1​∪⋯∪Ek​ are certificates for edge-connectivity and, for simple graphs, for node-connectivity. The node-connectivity result is the subject of this mission; the edge-connectivity result is the preceding mission of this series.

Timeline:

  • 1980: Galil gives an algorithm testing κ(G)≥k\kappa(G) \ge kκ(G)≥k whose running time depends on ∣E∣|E|∣E∣ (SIAM J. Comput. 9).
  • Before 1992 (as cited on p. 583): Suzuki et al. give O(∣E∣)O(|E|)O(∣E∣)-time algorithms for sparse 2- and 3-node-connected spanning subgraphs; Nishizeki and Poljak find, for general kkk, a kkk-node-connected spanning subgraph with at most k(∣V∣−1)k(|V|-1)k(∣V∣−1) edges in O(∣V∣1/2∣E∣2)O(|V|^{1/2}|E|^2)O(∣V∣1/2∣E∣2) time.
  • 1992: Nagamochi and Ibaraki prove that FOREST, which runs in O(∣V∣+∣E∣)O(|V| + |E|)O(∣V∣+∣E∣) time, yields a kkk-node-connected spanning subgraph GkG_kGk​ of every simple kkk-node-connected graph, with ∣E(Gk)∣≤k∣V∣−k(k+1)/2|E(G_k)| \le k|V| - k(k+1)/2∣E(Gk​)∣≤k∣V∣−k(k+1)/2. Their Theorem 3.1 states a stronger, local form.
  • 1993: Cheriyan, Kao and Thurimella isolate "scan-first search" as the general principle behind such certificates (SIAM J. Comput. 22 (1993)).

Setting

A graph G=(V,E)G = (V, E)G=(V,E) has a finite node set VVV with ∣V∣≥2|V| \ge 2∣V∣≥2 and a finite edge set EEE; each edge has an unordered pair of two distinct end nodes. In this mission the graph is simple: no two edges have the same end nodes. For F⊆EF \subseteq EF⊆E, (V,F)(V, F)(V,F) is the spanning subgraph with edge set FFF.

The local node-connectivity κ(x,y;H)\kappa(x, y; H)κ(x,y;H) of nodes x,yx, yx,y in a graph HHH on VVV is ∣V∣−1|V| - 1∣V∣−1 if xxx and yyy are adjacent in HHH, and otherwise the minimum size of a node set W⊆V−{x,y}W \subseteq V - \{x, y\}W⊆V−{x,y} whose deletion leaves no xxx–yyy path. The node connectivity is κ(G)=min⁡x,yκ(x,y;G)\kappa(G) = \min_{x, y} \kappa(x, y; G)κ(G)=minx,y​κ(x,y;G).

Procedure FOREST keeps a label r(v)≥0r(v) \ge 0r(v)≥0 on each node, initially 000. While some node is unscanned, it chooses an unscanned node xxx of largest label; for each unscanned edge e=(x,y)e = (x, y)e=(x,y) it puts eee into the class Er(y)+1E_{r(y)+1}Er(y)+1​, increases r(x)r(x)r(x) by one if r(x)=r(y)r(x) = r(y)r(x)=r(y), and increases r(y)r(y)r(y) by one; then it marks xxx scanned. Ties are broken arbitrarily. The time instants are the states between these elementary operations; Ei∗E^*_iEi∗​ denotes the class iii at an instant, and EiE_iEi​ its final value. Put

Gi=(V, E1∪E2∪⋯∪Ei).G_i = (V,\ E_1 \cup E_2 \cup \dots \cup E_i).Gi​=(V, E1​∪E2​∪⋯∪Ei​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

For a simple graph GGG and the classes of any completed run of FOREST, for 1≤i≤∣E∣1 \le i \le |E|1≤i≤∣E∣,

κ(x,y;Gi) ≥ min⁡{κ(x,y;G), i}for any x,y∈V.(3.1)\kappa(x, y; G_i) \ \ge\ \min\{\kappa(x, y; G),\ i\} \qquad \text{for any } x, y \in V. \tag{3.1}κ(x,y;Gi​) ≥ min{κ(x,y;G), i}for any x,y∈V.(3.1)

The statement is local: it holds pair by pair, not only for the global minimum, and for every tie-breaking of the procedure.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 2.2: at every instant, a node vvv meets EiE_iEi​ exactly for i=1,…,r(v)i = 1, \dots, r(v)i=1,…,r(v).
  2. Lemma 2.4(b): at every instant, a uuu–vvv path in Ej∗E^*_jEj∗​ yields uuu–vvv paths in every Ei∗E^*_iEi∗​, i<ji < ji<j.
  3. In-degree at most one (§2, p. 588): orienting each edge from the earlier-scanned to the later-scanned end, every node has at most one entering arc in each class.
  4. Lemma 3.1: if an xxx–yyy path of Ej∗E^*_jEj∗​ has the form x,u1,…,uk=w,yx, u_1, \dots, u_k = w, yx,u1​,…,uk​=w,y with k=1k = 1k=1 or u1u_1u1​ scanned before www, then any www–xxx and www–yyy paths in Ei∗E^*_iEi∗​ (i<ji < ji<j) share a node other than www.
  5. Lemma 3.2: for a node cut set W={w1,…,wi}W = \{w_1, \dots, w_i\}W={w1​,…,wi​} of Gi+1G_{i+1}Gi+1​ (in scan order) separating a component XXX from the rest YYY, immediately after wtw_twt​ is scanned every XXX–YYY path of Et∗E^*_tEt∗​ passes through wtw_twt​, and Ej∗E^*_jEj∗​ has no XXX–YYY path for t+1≤j≤i+1t + 1 \le j \le i + 1t+1≤j≤i+1.

A companion item states the paper's announcement in §3: GkG_kGk​ is kkk-node-connected for every 1≤k≤κ(G)1 \le k \le \kappa(G)1≤k≤κ(G).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 at i=ki = ki=k shows that the first kkk classes of FOREST form a kkk-node-connected spanning subgraph whenever GGG is, and the edge-count analysis of the companion mission bounds its size by k∣V∣−k(k+1)/2k|V| - k(k+1)/2k∣V∣−k(k+1)/2. Since FOREST runs in linear time, any algorithm testing κ(G)≥k\kappa(G) \ge kκ(G)≥k can be run on GkG_kGk​ instead of GGG; the paper uses this to improve the bound for testing κ(G)≥k\kappa(G) \ge kκ(G)≥k from O(max⁡{k2∣V∣1/2,k∣V∣}∣E∣)O(\max\{k^2|V|^{1/2}, k|V|\}|E|)O(max{k2∣V∣1/2,k∣V∣}∣E∣) to O(max⁡{k3∣V∣3/2,k2∣V∣2})O(\max\{k^3|V|^{3/2}, k^2|V|^2\})O(max{k3∣V∣3/2,k2∣V∣2}), and similar gains for computing the number of node-disjoint paths between two nodes. The local form (3.1) is what makes the sss–ttt applications possible.

The result is proved on paper. As far as a search of the platform shows, neither FOREST nor local node-connectivity has a machine-checked treatment there; Mathlib has no notion of vertex connectivity of a pair of nodes. This mission produces a formal model of FOREST as a nondeterministic transition system and the statements needed to verify the paper's proof step by step.

Difficulty

For edge-connectivity the analogous statement follows from a general principle: any sequence of maximal spanning forests, each taken in what remains of the graph, preserves local edge-connectivity up to its length. The obvious attempt is to prove (3.1) the same way, from the fact that each EiE_iEi​ is a maximal spanning forest of what the earlier classes leave. The paper gives no such argument for node-connectivity: its proof uses the specific scan order of FOREST in an essential way, through the orientation of edges from earlier- to later-scanned nodes and the in-degree bound of that orientation (Lemmas 3.1 and 3.2). The argument tracks, for a hypothetical node cut WWW of size iii in Gi+1G_{i+1}Gi+1​, the classes at the moments the nodes of WWW are scanned, which requires reasoning about intermediate states of the algorithm and about paths in several classes at once. None of this reduces to a static property of the output partition.

Formalization scope

  • Graphs. A node type V and an edge type E, both finite, with ends : E → Sym2 V; loop-freeness is ∀ e, ¬ (ends e).IsDiag and simplicity is Function.Injective ends. The standing assumptions of p. 583 and p. 589 (∣V∣≥2|V| \ge 2∣V∣≥2, no self-loop, a simple graph when node-connectivity is discussed) appear as hypotheses; §2 items are stated for loopless graphs, as on the page.
  • Connectivity. κ(x,y;(V,F))\kappa(x, y; (V, F))κ(x,y;(V,F)) is valued in N∞\mathbb N_\inftyN∞​: ∣V∣−1|V| - 1∣V∣−1 on adjacent pairs, the minimum node cut otherwise, and ⊤\top⊤ when x=yx = yx=y, where (3.1) holds trivially.
  • FOREST. A nondeterministic step relation with three steps (select, scan, finish), a run of length KKK from the initial state, and completion when every node is scanned. Every tie-breaking is allowed, so the theorems quantify over all completed runs. A time instant is a state of a run; "scanned before" compares positions in the run's selection order; "immediately after wtw_twt​ has been scanned" is the state right after the finish step of wtw_twt​.
  • Excluded. The running time "O(∣V∣+∣E∣)O(|V| + |E|)O(∣V∣+∣E∣)" and everything in §4 (the connectivity-testing algorithms and their bounds) are not stated: the paper fixes no machine model. The edge bounds on ∣Ei∣|E_i|∣Ei​∣ belong to the edge-connectivity mission.
  • Ruled out. Stating (3.1) for an arbitrary partition into maximal spanning forests, or reading the classes Ej∗E^*_jEj∗​ of Lemmas 3.1–3.2 off the final state, would state a different theorem from the one the paper proves; the classes are those of a run of FOREST at the instant the page specifies.
  • Infrastructure. Reachability avoiding a node set, walks and paths in SimpleGraph, and invariants of the FOREST transition system. The definitions duplicate those of the edge-connectivity mission by design and are candidates for a shared layer. Contributions of general lemmas about the run (label invariants, monotonicity of classes along a run) are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Nagamochi, T. Ibaraki, A linear-time algorithm for finding a sparse kkk-connected spanning subgraph of a kkk-connected graph, Algorithmica 7 (1992), 583–596. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01758778
  • Z. Galil, Finding the vertex connectivity of graphs, SIAM J. Comput. 9 (1980), 197–199. https://doi.org/10.1137/0209016
  • J. Cheriyan, M.-Y. Kao, R. Thurimella, Scan-first search and sparse certificates: an improved parallel algorithm for kkk-vertex connectivity, SIAM J. Comput. 22 (1993), 157–174. https://doi.org/10.1137/0222013
  • M. R. Garey, D. S. Johnson, Computers and Intractability: A Guide to the Theory of NP-Completeness, Freeman, 1979.
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Linear-Time Algorithm for Finding a Sparse k-Connected Spanning Subgraph of a k-Connected Graph 1: The FOREST Decomposition Preserves Local Edge-ConnectivityResearch Paper

Motivation

Many graph algorithms for connectivity questions run in time proportional to the number of edges. When the question is only whether a graph is kkk-edge-connected, or what its local edge-connectivities are up to a threshold kkk, most edges are irrelevant: a spanning subgraph with O(k∣V∣)O(k|V|)O(k∣V∣) edges already carries the answer. Such a subgraph is called a sparse certificate. Computing one first and running the expensive algorithm on it replaces ∣E∣|E|∣E∣ by k∣V∣k|V|k∣V∣ in the running time of connectivity testing, of Matula-type edge-connectivity algorithms, and of sss–ttt flow computations used as connectivity oracles.

Nagamochi and Ibaraki (Algorithmica 7, 1992) gave a procedure, FOREST, that computes such a certificate for edge-connectivity and, on simple graphs, for node-connectivity, with a single graph search. The same partition of the edges into forests is the engine of their deterministic minimum-cut algorithm for multigraphs (SIAM J. Discrete Math. 5, 1992), which later became the maximum-adjacency ordering of the Stoer–Wagner minimum-cut algorithm (J. ACM 44, 1997).

Timeline:

  • 1927: Menger identifies the minimum number of edges separating two nodes with the maximum number of edge-disjoint paths between them.
  • 1992: Nagamochi and Ibaraki publish Procedure FOREST and prove that its iii-th prefix preserves local edge-connectivity up to iii in multigraphs, and local node-connectivity up to iii in simple graphs.
  • 1993: Cheriyan, Kao and Thurimella (SIAM J. Comput. 22) obtain sparse certificates by scan-first search; Frank, Ibaraki and Nagamochi (J. Graph Theory 17) give a shorter proof for the node-connectivity case.
  • 1994: Nishizeki and Poljak (Discrete Appl. Math. 55) publish the forest-decomposition lemma (Lemma 2.1 below), found independently.

Setting

A graph G=(V,E)G = (V, E)G=(V,E) is finite and undirected, has ∣V∣≥2|V| \ge 2∣V∣≥2 nodes, may have multiple edges (several edges with the same pair of end nodes), and has no self-loop. It is simple if no two edges have the same end nodes. For F⊆EF \subseteq EF⊆E, (V,F)(V, F)(V,F) is the spanning subgraph with edge set FFF. It is a forest if it has no cycle; two parallel edges form a cycle. It is a maximal spanning forest in (V,H)(V, H)(V,H), for F⊆HF \subseteq HF⊆H, if adding any edge of H∖FH \setminus FH∖F to FFF creates a cycle.

The local edge-connectivity λ(x,y;H)\lambda(x, y; H)λ(x,y;H) is the minimum number of edges of HHH whose removal leaves no path from xxx to yyy; parallel edges count separately. It is ∞\infty∞ when x=yx = yx=y.

Procedure FOREST keeps a label r(v)∈Nr(v) \in \mathbb{N}r(v)∈N on every node, initially 000, and classes E1,E2,…,E∣E∣E_1, E_2, \dots, E_{|E|}E1​,E2​,…,E∣E∣​, initially empty. While an unscanned node exists, it picks an unscanned node xxx of largest label; for every unscanned edge eee from xxx to a node yyy, it puts eee into Er(y)+1E_{r(y)+1}Er(y)+1​, increases r(x)r(x)r(x) by one if r(x)=r(y)r(x) = r(y)r(x)=r(y), increases r(y)r(y)r(y) by one, and marks eee scanned; then it marks xxx scanned. Ties among nodes and the order of edges are free. On termination, Gi=(V,E1∪⋯∪Ei)G_i = (V, E_1 \cup \cdots \cup E_i)Gi​=(V,E1​∪⋯∪Ei​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1 (pp. 588–589), without the running time

For every graph GGG and every completed execution of FOREST on GGG:

  1. every edge lies in exactly one class EiE_iEi​, 1≤i≤∣E∣1 \le i \le |E|1≤i≤∣E∣;
  2. for i=1,…,∣E∣i = 1, \dots, |E|i=1,…,∣E∣,
λ(x,y;Gi)≥min⁡{λ(x,y;G), i}for all x,y∈V;(2.1)\lambda(x, y; G_i) \ge \min\{\lambda(x, y; G),\ i\} \qquad \text{for all } x, y \in V; \tag{2.1}λ(x,y;Gi​)≥min{λ(x,y;G), i}for all x,y∈V;(2.1)
  1. ∣Ei∣≤∣V∣−1|E_i| \le |V| - 1∣Ei​∣≤∣V∣−1 for all iii;
  2. if GGG is simple, ∣Ei∣≤∣V∣−i|E_i| \le |V| - i∣Ei​∣≤∣V∣−i for i≤∣V∣−1i \le |V| - 1i≤∣V∣−1 and Ei=∅E_i = \emptysetEi​=∅ for i≥∣V∣i \ge |V|i≥∣V∣.

Milestones

  • Lemma 2.2 (p. 587): during the execution, a node vvv has incident edges in exactly the classes E1,…,Er(v)E_1, \dots, E_{r(v)}E1​,…,Er(v)​.
  • Lemma 2.3 (p. 587): each (V,Ei)(V, E_i)(V,Ei​) is a forest at every instant.
  • Lemma 2.4 (p. 588): (a) an edge (u,v)(u, v)(u,v) added to EiE_iEi​ has its end nodes joined by a path in Ei−1E_{i-1}Ei−1​; (b) a path in EjE_jEj​ between uuu and vvv yields a path in every EiE_iEi​, i<ji < ji<j.
  • Lemma 2.5 (p. 588): each output (V,Ei)(V, E_i)(V,Ei​) is a maximal spanning forest in G−E1∪⋯∪Ei−1G - E_1 \cup \cdots \cup E_{i-1}G−E1​∪⋯∪Ei−1​.
  • Lemma 2.1 (p. 584): any sequence of successive maximal spanning forests satisfies (2.1).

Companions

  • the sparse certificate (p. 589): if λ(x,y;G)≥k\lambda(x, y; G) \ge kλ(x,y;G)≥k for all x,yx, yx,y, then GkG_kGk​ is kkk-edge-connected with ∣E(Gk)∣≤k(∣V∣−1)|E(G_k)| \le k(|V| - 1)∣E(Gk​)∣≤k(∣V∣−1), and ∣E(Gk)∣≤k∣V∣−k(k+1)/2|E(G_k)| \le k|V| - k(k+1)/2∣E(Gk​)∣≤k∣V∣−k(k+1)/2 for simple GGG;
  • Lemma 2.6 (p. 589): for k≤δ(G)k \le \delta(G)k≤δ(G), GkG_kGk​ has a node of degree exactly kkk.

Significance

(2.1) says that one search produces, for every threshold kkk at once, a subgraph with at most k(∣V∣−1)k(|V|-1)k(∣V∣−1) edges that keeps every local edge-connectivity up to kkk. Any algorithm whose running time grows with ∣E∣|E|∣E∣ can then be run on GkG_kGk​ in place of GGG; §4 of the paper uses this to speed up kkk-connectivity tests and the computation of local connectivities. The same forest partition is the structural fact behind the Nagamochi–Ibaraki and Stoer–Wagner minimum-cut algorithms. Lemma 2.6 shows that the certificate is tight: its edge-connectivity is exactly kkk when λ(G)≥k\lambda(G) \ge kλ(G)≥k.

The results are proved in the paper. No machine-checked proof of them is known. Formalizing them means formalizing a graph search with free tie-breaking as a transition system, reasoning about invariants of all its executions, and proving a cut-counting statement for multigraphs. Mathlib's connectivity notions, such as SimpleGraph.IsEdgeReachable, do not see parallel edges, so the multigraph cut theory here is new.

Difficulty

Lemma 2.1 is a short cut argument once maximality is available. The difficulty is showing that FOREST, which assigns each edge to a class by looking only at the label of one end node, produces maximal forests in the successive residual graphs (Lemma 2.5). The obvious invariant, that the class of an edge is the first forest it does not close a cycle in, is not what line 7 computes. The label r(y)r(y)r(y) records only which classes touch yyy, not which component of each class contains yyy. The paper's argument needs Lemma 2.4(a): at the moment an edge is added to EiE_iEi​ its ends already lie in one tree of Ei−1E_{i-1}Ei−1​. That relies on the choice of the unscanned node of largest label, on the order of lines 8 and 9, and on an argument about the scan order of tree roots.

Formalization scope

  • Graphs. A graph is a finite node type V with ∣V∣≥2|V| \ge 2∣V∣≥2, a finite edge type E, and ends : E → Sym2 V with no diagonal value (no self-loops). Parallel edges are distinct elements of E. Simplicity is injectivity of ends, and edge subsets are Finset E. A forest is an edge set in which every edge is a bridge, a condition that sees parallel edges.
  • Connectivity. λ\lambdaλ is an infimum in ℕ∞ over separating edge sets, ∞\infty∞ at x=yx = yx=y. (2.1) is kept "for all x,yx, yx,y", as printed.
  • FOREST. FOREST is a nondeterministic step relation (select, scan, finish) on explicit states: labels, class index per edge (000 = unscanned), scanned nodes, current node and selection order. The theorems quantify over every run from the initial state, so no tie-breaking rule is fixed. "At some time instant" is a state of the run; "upon completion" is a run whose last state has every node scanned. Lemma 2.2 is stated at every state, not only after a scan block (the other steps change neither labels nor classes). Lemma 2.4(a) assumes i≥2i \ge 2i≥2, since E0E_0E0​ does not exist.
  • Exclusions. Theorem 2.1's clause "is found in O(∣V∣+∣E∣)O(|V| + |E|)O(∣V∣+∣E∣) time", the bucket implementation, and the time bound of the certificate are not formalized: the paper fixes no machine model. The goal consists of the structural conclusions only. The bound printed "if GGG is multiple" is stated for every loopless graph.
  • Non-triviality. The goal is about the classes of a run of FOREST. An arbitrary partition of EEE into maximal spanning forests is Lemma 2.1's hypothesis, not a formalization of Theorem 2.1. A statement in which the classes are unconstrained variables, or in which the run hypotheses cannot be met, would be trivial. A separate sanity file checks that a complete run on the triangle K3K_3K3​ exists and attains ∣E1∣=∣V∣−1|E_1| = |V| - 1∣E1​∣=∣V∣−1, ∣E2∣=∣V∣−2|E_2| = |V| - 2∣E2​∣=∣V∣−2.
  • Welcome contributions. Useful reusable infrastructure includes:
    • a cut and Menger layer for finite multigraphs;
    • forest and bridge lemmas for edge-indexed graphs;
    • invariant-style reasoning over runs.

Selected references

  • H. Nagamochi, T. Ibaraki, A linear-time algorithm for finding a sparse kkk-connected spanning subgraph of a kkk-connected graph, Algorithmica 7 (1992) 583–596. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01758778
  • H. Nagamochi, T. Ibaraki, Computing edge-connectivity in multigraphs and capacitated graphs, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 5 (1992) 54–66. https://doi.org/10.1137/0405004
  • T. Nishizeki, S. Poljak, kkk-connectivity and decomposition of graphs into forests, Discrete Appl. Math. 55 (1994) 295–301. https://doi.org/10.1016/0166-218X(94)90014-0
  • J. Cheriyan, M.-Y. Kao, R. Thurimella, Scan-first search and sparse certificates: an improved parallel algorithm for kkk-vertex connectivity, SIAM J. Comput. 22 (1993) 157–174. https://doi.org/10.1137/0222013
  • A. Frank, T. Ibaraki, H. Nagamochi, On sparse subgraphs preserving connectivity properties, J. Graph Theory 17 (1993) 275–281. https://doi.org/10.1002/jgt.3190170302
  • M. Stoer, F. Wagner, A simple min-cut algorithm, J. ACM 44 (1997) 585–591. https://doi.org/10.1145/263867.263872
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Control TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Supervisory Control of a Class of Discrete Event Processes I: Minimally Restrictive Supervisors Exist iff the Supremal Controllable Legal Sublanguage Contains the Minimal Acceptable LanguageResearch Paper

Motivation

Manufacturing cells, communication protocols, traffic systems and database transaction managers are naturally described not by differential equations but by sequences of discrete events: a machine starts, a part arrives, a message is lost. Ramadge and Wonham's 1987 paper (SIAM J. Control Optim. 25(1)) set up a control theory for such systems in which the plant is an automaton, the controller is another automaton that may disable some events, and specifications are formal languages. The framework, now called supervisory control theory or the Ramadge–Wonham framework, is the standard model for the logical control of discrete event systems and underlies the textbook treatment in Cassandras and Lafortune (Introduction to Discrete Event Systems, 2008) and Wonham and Cai (Supervisory Control of Discrete-Event Systems, 2019).

The question the paper answers is the basic synthesis question of the theory: given a plant, a set of legal behaviours and a set of minimally acceptable behaviours, when does a controller exist that keeps the plant legal, achieves at least the acceptable behaviour, and never deadlocks, and what is the least restrictive such controller?

Setting

A generator is G=(Q,Σ,δ,q0,Qm)\mathcal G = (Q, \Sigma, \delta, q_0, Q_m)G=(Q,Σ,δ,q0​,Qm​) with a state set QQQ, a finite alphabet Σ\SigmaΣ of events, a partial transition function δ:Σ×Q→Q\delta : \Sigma \times Q \to Qδ:Σ×Q→Q, an initial state q0q_0q0​ and marker states Qm⊆QQ_m \subseteq QQm​⊆Q. Extending δ\deltaδ to strings, the generated language L(G)L(\mathcal G)L(G) is the set of strings www for which δ(w,q0)\delta(w, q_0)δ(w,q0​) is defined, and the marked language Lm(G)L_m(\mathcal G)Lm​(G) is the subset of those that end in QmQ_mQm​. The closure Kˉ\bar KKˉ of a language KKK is its set of prefixes; KKK is closed if K=KˉK = \bar KK=Kˉ. Throughout, G\mathcal GG is assumed trim in the sense L(G)=Lˉm(G)L(\mathcal G) = \bar L_m(\mathcal G)L(G)=Lˉm​(G): every generated string can be completed to a marked one.

The alphabet is split into controllable events Σc\Sigma_cΣc​ and uncontrollable events Σu=Σ−Σc\Sigma_u = \Sigma - \Sigma_cΣu​=Σ−Σc​. A supervisor S=(S,ϕ)\mathcal S = (S, \phi)S=(S,ϕ) consists of a deterministic, accessible automaton S=(X,Σ,ξ,x0,Xm)S = (X, \Sigma, \xi, x_0, X_m)S=(X,Σ,ξ,x0​,Xm​), whose state set XXX may be infinite, and a map ϕ\phiϕ assigning to each state xxx the set of controllable events it enables; uncontrollable events are always enabled. The closed loop S/G\mathcal S/\mathcal GS/G runs SSS and G\mathcal GG in lockstep: an event occurs when the plant can execute it, the supervisor enables it, and the supervisor's automaton can follow it. This defines the languages L(S/G)L(\mathcal S/\mathcal G)L(S/G), Lm(S/G)L_m(\mathcal S/\mathcal G)Lm​(S/G) and the controlled language Lc(S/G)=L(S/G)∩Lm(G)L_c(\mathcal S/\mathcal G) = L(\mathcal S/\mathcal G) \cap L_m(\mathcal G)Lc​(S/G)=L(S/G)∩Lm​(G).

S\mathcal SS is complete if its automaton never refuses an event that the plant can execute and ϕ\phiϕ enables; it is proper if it is complete and

Lˉm(S/G)=Lˉc(S/G)=L(S/G),\bar L_m(\mathcal S/\mathcal G) = \bar L_c(\mathcal S/\mathcal G) = L(\mathcal S/\mathcal G),Lˉm​(S/G)=Lˉc​(S/G)=L(S/G),

that is, every closed-loop string can be completed to a marked task. A language KKK is controllable if K⊆L(G)K \subseteq L(\mathcal G)K⊆L(G) and KˉΣu∩L(G)⊆Kˉ\bar K \Sigma_u \cap L(\mathcal G) \subseteq \bar KKˉΣu​∩L(G)⊆Kˉ. For L⊆L(G)L \subseteq L(\mathcal G)L⊆L(G), CG(L)\mathbf C_{\mathcal G}(L)CG​(L) is the class of controllable sublanguages of LLL and FG(L)\mathbf F_{\mathcal G}(L)FG​(L) the class of sublanguages KKK of LLL with K=Kˉ∩Lm(G)K = \bar K \cap L_m(\mathcal G)K=Kˉ∩Lm​(G).

Given ∅≠La⊆Lg⊆Lm(G)\emptyset \neq L_a \subseteq L_g \subseteq L_m(\mathcal G)∅=La​⊆Lg​⊆Lm​(G), the Supervisory Marking Problem (SMP) asks for a proper S\mathcal SS with La⊆Lm(S/G)⊆LgL_a \subseteq L_m(\mathcal S/\mathcal G) \subseteq L_gLa​⊆Lm​(S/G)⊆Lg​, and the Supervisory Control Problem (SCP) for a proper S\mathcal SS with La⊆Lc(S/G)⊆LgL_a \subseteq L_c(\mathcal S/\mathcal G) \subseteq L_gLa​⊆Lc​(S/G)⊆Lg​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1 (pp. 218–219)

SMP solvable  ⟺  sup⁡CG(Lg)⊇La,SCP solvable  ⟺  sup⁡{CG(Lg)∩FG(Lg)}⊇La,\text{SMP solvable} \iff \sup \mathbf C_{\mathcal G}(L_g) \supseteq L_a, \qquad \text{SCP solvable} \iff \sup\{\mathbf C_{\mathcal G}(L_g) \cap \mathbf F_{\mathcal G}(L_g)\} \supseteq L_a,SMP solvable⟺supCG​(Lg​)⊇La​,SCP solvable⟺sup{CG​(Lg​)∩FG​(Lg​)}⊇La​,

and in each case the solving supervisor can be taken minimally restrictive: its marked (respectively controlled) language equals the supremal element and contains that of every proper supervisor whose language lies in LgL_gLg​.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 4.1 (i), (ii): marking is independent of control; every K⊆Lm(G)K \subseteq L_m(\mathcal G)K⊆Lm​(G), or K⊆L∩Lm(G)K \subseteq L \cap L_m(\mathcal G)K⊆L∩Lm​(G) for an achievable closed LLL, is the marked language of a complete supervisor.
  2. Proposition 5.1: a complete supervisor realizes (Lm,Lc,L)=(K1,K2,K3)(L_m, L_c, L) = (K_1, K_2, K_3)(Lm​,Lc​,L)=(K1​,K2​,K3​) iff K1⊆K2K_1 \subseteq K_2K1​⊆K2​, K2=K3∩Lm(G)K_2 = K_3 \cap L_m(\mathcal G)K2​=K3​∩Lm​(G) and K3K_3K3​ is closed and controllable.
  3. Theorem 6.1 (i), (ii): a proper supervisor with Lm(S/G)=KL_m(\mathcal S/\mathcal G) = KLm​(S/G)=K exists iff KKK is controllable; one with Lc(S/G)=KL_c(\mathcal S/\mathcal G) = KLc​(S/G)=K exists iff KKK is controllable and Lm(G)L_m(\mathcal G)Lm​(G)-closed.
  4. Proposition 7.1: CG(L)\mathbf C_{\mathcal G}(L)CG​(L) and FG(L)\mathbf F_{\mathcal G}(L)FG​(L) contain ∅\emptyset∅ and are closed under arbitrary unions.
  5. The supremal elements (p. 218): sup⁡CG(L)\sup \mathbf C_{\mathcal G}(L)supCG​(L), sup⁡FG(L)\sup \mathbf F_{\mathcal G}(L)supFG​(L) and sup⁡{CG(L)∩FG(L)}\sup\{\mathbf C_{\mathcal G}(L) \cap \mathbf F_{\mathcal G}(L)\}sup{CG​(L)∩FG​(L)} belong to their classes.

Significance

Theorem 7.1 reduces the existence of a correct, non-blocking controller to a single language inclusion, and identifies the supremal controllable sublanguage as the behaviour of the least restrictive solution. That object is the backbone of the later theory: modular and decentralized control, control under partial observation, and the computational results that sup⁡CG(L)\sup \mathbf C_{\mathcal G}(L)supCG​(L) is regular and computable when G\mathcal GG is finite and LLL regular all start from it.

The result is proved in the paper and has been taught for decades; it is not open. Mathlib has no model of generators with partial transitions, supervisors or controllability (its DFA has a total transition function and a single accepted language), and no formalization of this theory exists on the platform. This mission provides one: a reusable Lean model of generators with partial transitions, supervisors with possibly infinite state, closed loops and controllability, together with the paper's existence theorems stated against it. A second mission on the same paper (quotients of supervisors, Theorem 10.1) builds on the same objects.

Difficulty

The combinatorial core of Proposition 7.1 is a short prefix-closure computation. The work lies in the constructions: to show existence, a supervisor must be built for an arbitrary controllable language, which in general is not regular, so the supervisor needs an infinite state set (for example strings of the target language) together with a proof that the closed loop generates exactly the intended language, is complete, and is proper. The converse directions require relating the closed-loop run to separate runs of the plant and of the supervisor's automaton. The naive shortcut of reading the "sup" as an arbitrary member of CG(Lg)\mathbf C_{\mathcal G}(L_g)CG​(Lg​) containing LaL_aLa​ skips the content of the supremal-element milestone; the goal is stated with the actual union.

Formalization scope

  • The alphabet is a type α with [Fintype α]; strings are List α, the empty string is [], and sσs\sigmasσ is s ++ [σ]. Languages are Set (List α); the closure is pre K = {s | ∃ t, s ++ t ∈ K}.
  • A generator is a structure with a state type Q : Type, a partial transition δ : α → Q → Option Q, an initial state and a marker set. No finiteness is assumed on states, of the plant or of the supervisor. Supervisors and generators live in Type 1.
  • ϕ\phiϕ maps states to Ec → Bool; an event outside Σc\Sigma_cΣc​ is enabled by definition, so uncontrollable events cannot be disabled.
  • The closed loop is the product run from (x0,q0)(x_0, q_0)(x0​,q0​); the accessible part in the paper's display (2.1) changes no language and is not built.
  • Standing assumptions carried by every theorem: Σ\SigmaΣ finite, L(G)=Lˉm(G)L(\mathcal G) = \bar L_m(\mathcal G)L(G)=Lˉm​(G), supervisor automata accessible (as a hypothesis on every input supervisor and a conjunct of every "there exists a supervisor").
  • sup⁡\supsup is sSup in the complete lattice Set (List α).
  • A formalization in which the closed loop ignores ϕ\phiϕ or the plant, in which completeness is dropped from properness, or in which the supervisor is restricted to finitely many states, is not the paper's theorem and is ruled out by the definitions above.

Welcome contributions: the basic run lemmas (closed-loop runs project to plant and supervisor runs), the string-state supervisor construction, and proofs of the milestones in the given order.

Selected references

  • P. J. Ramadge and W. M. Wonham, Supervisory Control of a Class of Discrete Event Processes, SIAM J. Control Optim. 25(1):206–230, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1137/0325013
  • W. M. Wonham and P. J. Ramadge, On the Supremal Controllable Sublanguage of a Given Language, SIAM J. Control Optim. 25(3):637–659, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1137/0325036
  • C. G. Cassandras and S. Lafortune, Introduction to Discrete Event Systems, 2nd ed., Springer, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-68612-7
  • W. M. Wonham and K. Cai, Supervisory Control of Discrete-Event Systems, Springer, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-77452-7
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryLinear algebra+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximating Clique-Width and Branch-Width: Well-Linked Sets Certify Clique-WidthResearch Paper

Motivation

Clique-width is a graph parameter introduced by Courcelle and Olariu (Discrete Appl. Math. 101 (2000)) that measures how far a graph is from being built by a few labelled operations. Every problem expressible in monadic second-order logic with quantification over vertices and vertex sets (MSO1_11​) can be solved in linear time on graphs given together with a decomposition of bounded clique-width (Courcelle, Makowsky and Rotics, Theory Comput. Syst. 33 (2000)). Bounded clique-width is more general than bounded tree-width: complete graphs have unbounded tree-width but clique-width 222.

For fixed kkk there was, before this paper, no polynomial-time algorithm that either decides that a graph has clique-width at least k+1k+1k+1 or outputs a decomposition of clique-width bounded by a function of kkk; the best known algorithm, by Johansson (2001), gave width 2klog⁡n2k\log n2klogn. Oum and Seymour (J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 96 (2006)) closed this gap with approximation 23k+2−12^{3k+2}-123k+2−1, through rank-width and a factor-3 approximation for the branch-width of symmetric submodular functions.

Timeline:

  • 1991: Robertson and Seymour introduce branch-width of graphs and hypergraphs (J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 52).
  • 2000: Courcelle and Olariu define clique-width; Courcelle, Makowsky and Rotics solve MSO1_11​ problems on graphs given with a kkk-expression.
  • 2001: Johansson gives a 2klog⁡n2k\log n2klogn approximation.
  • 2006: Oum and Seymour define rank-width, prove rwd(G)≤cwd(G)≤2rwd(G)+1−1\mathrm{rwd}(G) \le \mathrm{cwd}(G) \le 2^{\mathrm{rwd}(G)+1}-1rwd(G)≤cwd(G)≤2rwd(G)+1−1, and give an O(n9log⁡n)O(n^9 \log n)O(n9logn) algorithm that outputs a (23k+2−1)(2^{3k+2}-1)(23k+2−1)-expression or certifies clique-width above kkk.

Setting

All graphs are finite and simple. For a finite set VVV, a function f:2V→Zf : 2^V \to \mathbb{Z}f:2V→Z is submodular if f(X)+f(Y)≥f(X∩Y)+f(X∪Y)f(X)+f(Y) \ge f(X\cap Y)+f(X\cup Y)f(X)+f(Y)≥f(X∩Y)+f(X∪Y) and symmetric if f(X)=f(V∖X)f(X) = f(V\setminus X)f(X)=f(V∖X).

A branch-decomposition of fff is a pair (T,L)(T, L)(T,L) where TTT is a tree with at least two vertices and all degrees at most 333, and LLL is a bijection from VVV onto the leaves of TTT. Removing an edge eee of TTT splits the leaves in two; the width of eee is fff of the set of elements of VVV on one side. The width of (T,L)(T, L)(T,L) is the largest edge width, and the branch-width bw(f)\mathrm{bw}(f)bw(f) is the least width of a branch-decomposition, with bw(f)=f(∅)\mathrm{bw}(f) = f(\emptyset)bw(f)=f(∅) when ∣V∣≤1|V| \le 1∣V∣≤1.

A set W⊆VW \subseteq VW⊆V is well-linked with respect to fff if for every partition (X,Y)(X, Y)(X,Y) of WWW and every ZZZ with X⊆Z⊆V∖YX \subseteq Z \subseteq V\setminus YX⊆Z⊆V∖Y, f(Z)≥min⁡(∣X∣,∣Y∣)f(Z) \ge \min(|X|, |Y|)f(Z)≥min(∣X∣,∣Y∣).

Let A(G)A(G)A(G) be the adjacency matrix of GGG over GF(2)\mathrm{GF}(2)GF(2). For disjoint X,Y⊆V(G)X, Y \subseteq V(G)X,Y⊆V(G), cutrkG∗(X,Y)\mathrm{cutrk}^*_G(X, Y)cutrkG∗​(X,Y) is the rank of the submatrix of A(G)A(G)A(G) with rows XXX and columns YYY, and the cut-rank function is cutrkG(X)=cutrkG∗(X,V(G)∖X)\mathrm{cutrk}_G(X) = \mathrm{cutrk}^*_G(X, V(G)\setminus X)cutrkG​(X)=cutrkG∗​(X,V(G)∖X). The rank-width rwd(G)\mathrm{rwd}(G)rwd(G) is bw(cutrkG)\mathrm{bw}(\mathrm{cutrk}_G)bw(cutrkG​).

A kkk-expression is a term built from constants ⋅i\cdot_i⋅i​ (a vertex with label i∈{1,…,k}i \in \{1,\dots,k\}i∈{1,…,k}), the operators ηi,j\eta_{i,j}ηi,j​ (i≠ji \ne ji=j; add all edges between labels iii and jjj), ρi→j\rho_{i\to j}ρi→j​ (relabel iii into jjj) and disjoint union ⊕\oplus⊕. Its value is the labelled graph it produces; GGG has clique-width cwd(G)≤k\mathrm{cwd}(G) \le kcwd(G)≤k if some kkk-expression has value isomorphic to GGG.

An interpolation of fff is a function f∗f^*f∗ on disjoint pairs (X,Y)(X, Y)(X,Y) that agrees with fff on (X,V∖X)(X, V\setminus X)(X,V∖X), is monotone, submodular in the sense f∗(A,B)+f∗(C,D)≥f∗(A∩C,B∪D)+f∗(A∪C,B∩D)f^*(A,B)+f^*(C,D) \ge f^*(A\cap C, B\cup D) + f^*(A\cup C, B\cap D)f∗(A,B)+f∗(C,D)≥f∗(A∩C,B∪D)+f∗(A∪C,B∩D), and has f∗(∅,∅)=f(∅)f^*(\emptyset,\emptyset)=f(\emptyset)f∗(∅,∅)=f(∅).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1, certificate form

For a graph GGG with at least one vertex and an integer k≥1k \ge 1k≥1:

∃ W, ∣W∣=3k+1, W well-linked for cutrkG  ⟹  cwd(G)≥k+1,\exists\, W,\ |W| = 3k+1,\ W \text{ well-linked for } \mathrm{cutrk}_G \;\Longrightarrow\; \mathrm{cwd}(G) \ge k+1,∃W, ∣W∣=3k+1, W well-linked for cutrkG​⟹cwd(G)≥k+1, ∄ W, ∣W∣=3k+1, W well-linked for cutrkG  ⟹  cwd(G)≤23k+2−1.\nexists\, W,\ |W| = 3k+1,\ W \text{ well-linked for } \mathrm{cutrk}_G \;\Longrightarrow\; \mathrm{cwd}(G) \le 2^{3k+2}-1.∄W, ∣W∣=3k+1, W well-linked for cutrkG​⟹cwd(G)≤23k+2−1.

The same explicit condition decides which side of the approximation holds; this is what the paper's algorithm certifies.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 4.1: properties of an interpolation, including that X↦f∗(X,B)−f(∅)X \mapsto f^*(X, B) - f(\emptyset)X↦f∗(X,B)−f(∅) is a matroid rank function on V∖BV\setminus BV∖B when f({v})−f(∅)≤1f(\{v\}) - f(\emptyset) \le 1f({v})−f(∅)≤1.
  2. Proposition 4.2: fmin⁡(X,Y)=min⁡X⊆Z⊆V∖Yf(Z)f_{\min}(X,Y) = \min_{X\subseteq Z\subseteq V\setminus Y} f(Z)fmin​(X,Y)=minX⊆Z⊆V∖Y​f(Z) is an interpolation.
  3. Theorem 5.1: a well-linked set of size kkk forces bw(f)≥k/3\mathrm{bw}(f) \ge k/3bw(f)≥k/3 (for k≠1k \ne 1k=1).
  4. Theorem 5.2: no well-linked set of size kkk implies bw(f)≤k\mathrm{bw}(f) \le kbw(f)≤k, when f({v})≤1f(\{v\}) \le 1f({v})≤1.
  5. Proposition 6.1: rk M[X1,Y1]+rk M[X2,Y2]≥rk M[X1∪X2,Y1∩Y2]+rk M[X1∩X2,Y1∪Y2]\mathrm{rk}\,M[X_1,Y_1] + \mathrm{rk}\,M[X_2,Y_2] \ge \mathrm{rk}\,M[X_1\cup X_2, Y_1\cap Y_2] + \mathrm{rk}\,M[X_1\cap X_2, Y_1\cup Y_2]rkM[X1​,Y1​]+rkM[X2​,Y2​]≥rkM[X1​∪X2​,Y1​∩Y2​]+rkM[X1​∩X2​,Y1​∪Y2​].
  6. Corollary 6.2: submodularity of cutrkG∗\mathrm{cutrk}^*_GcutrkG∗​ and cutrkG\mathrm{cutrk}_GcutrkG​.
  7. Section 6 claim: cutrkG\mathrm{cutrk}_GcutrkG​ is symmetric submodular and cutrkG∗\mathrm{cutrk}^*_GcutrkG∗​ interpolates it.
  8. Proposition 6.3: rwd(G)≤cwd(G)≤2rwd(G)+1−1\mathrm{rwd}(G) \le \mathrm{cwd}(G) \le 2^{\mathrm{rwd}(G)+1}-1rwd(G)≤cwd(G)≤2rwd(G)+1−1.

Significance

The dichotomy turns clique-width, for which no exact polynomial algorithm is known even for fixed kkk, into a parameter that can be approximated with an explicit witness in each direction. Downstream, every algorithm for graphs of bounded clique-width that needs a kkk-expression as input becomes applicable to graphs given without one, at the cost of an exponential blow-up of the width.

The result is proved in the literature; this mission formalizes it. To our knowledge none of the objects involved — branch-width of set functions, rank-width, cut-rank, kkk-expressions, clique-width — has been formalized in Mathlib, and the submodularity of submatrix rank (Proposition 6.1) is absent from Mathlib's Matrix.rank API. The formal development would give reusable definitions of branch-decompositions of arbitrary integer set functions, of cut-rank, and of clique-width, and a machine-checked link between the combinatorial and the linear-algebraic width parameters.

Difficulty

The upper bound in Theorem 5.2 is the core. The natural approach, growing a branch-decomposition one leaf split at a time while keeping the width at most kkk, gets stuck at a leaf carrying a set BBB with f(B)=kf(B) = kf(B)=k: a split of BBB into two parts of fff-value below kkk has to be found, and it must be found from the failure of well-linkedness of a set that is not obviously related to BBB. The paper's device is the interpolation f∗f^*f∗, which attaches a matroid to BBB whose base has exactly f(B)f(B)f(B) elements. Formalizing this requires handling partial branch-decompositions, their extensions, and a maximality argument over trees, none of which exists in Mathlib.

Proposition 6.3's upper bound is a second, independent difficulty: a rank-decomposition must be converted into a kkk-expression by an induction over a rooted binary tree, with a relabelling argument bounding the number of labels by the number of distinct nonzero rows of a GF(2)\mathrm{GF}(2)GF(2) matrix of rank kkk. Its lower bound needs the tree structure of a kkk-expression to be read as a branch-decomposition.

Formalization scope

The ground set is a Fintype V with DecidableEq V; subsets are Finset V; set functions are Finset V → ℤ, as in the paper. A branch-decomposition is a tree T : SimpleGraph (Fin n) with n≥2n \ge 2n≥2, all neighbour sets of size at most 333, and an injective map LLL from VVV onto the vertices of degree 111; the side of an edge uwuwuw is found by reachability from uuu after deleting uwuwuw. Branch-width, rank-width and clique-width are never computed as minima: "bw(f)≤k\mathrm{bw}(f) \le kbw(f)≤k" is the predicate "∣V∣≤1|V| \le 1∣V∣≤1 and f(∅)≤kf(\emptyset) \le kf(∅)≤k, or a branch-decomposition of width at most kkk exists", lower bounds say that every branch-decomposition has a wide edge, and "cwd(G)≤k\mathrm{cwd}(G) \le kcwd(G)≤k" is "GGG has a kkk-expression". Labels {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k} are Fin k. The value of a kkk-expression has as vertex type the occurrences of constants (a nested sum type), and ηi,j\eta_{i,j}ηi,j​ requires i≠ji \ne ji=j. Cut-rank uses Matrix.rank over ZMod 2 of submatrices of SimpleGraph.adjMatrix. An interpolation is a function on all pairs of subsets whose axioms are imposed on disjoint pairs only.

Running time is not formalized. The paper's Theorem 1.1 asserts an O(n9log⁡n)O(n^9\log n)O(n9logn) algorithm; there is no cost model on the page, and the goal states the certificate the algorithm returns instead. Without the running time, "cwd(G)≥k+1\mathrm{cwd}(G) \ge k+1cwd(G)≥k+1 or cwd(G)≤23k+2−1\mathrm{cwd}(G) \le 2^{3k+2}-1cwd(G)≤23k+2−1" holds for every graph, so that reading is ruled out as a formalization of the goal; so are well-linkedness with respect to anything other than cutrkG\mathrm{cutrk}_GcutrkG​, widths defined by an unguarded infimum (which is 000 on an empty family), kkk-expressions whose value is not the graph up to isomorphism or whose η\etaη may join equal labels, and Theorem 5.1 stated for k=1k = 1k=1.

Correction of Theorem 5.1. As printed, Theorem 5.1 fails for k=1k = 1k=1: a singleton is always well-linked, but the edgeless graph on two vertices has cut-rank identically 000 and branch-width 0<1/30 < 1/30<1/3. The milestone carries the hypothesis k≠1k \ne 1k=1; the goal uses the theorem only at size 3k+1≥43k+1 \ge 43k+1≥4.

The graph with no vertex is excluded from the goal and from the upper bound of Proposition 6.3, since it has no kkk-expression for any kkk. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, lemmas on branch-decompositions (suppressing degree-2 vertices, extending partial decompositions), and submatrix-rank submodularity, which is reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • S. Oum and P. Seymour, Approximating clique-width and branch-width, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 96 (2006) 514–528. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jctb.2005.10.006
  • B. Courcelle and S. Olariu, Upper bounds to the clique width of graphs, Discrete Appl. Math. 101 (2000) 77–114. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0166-218X(99)00184-5
  • B. Courcelle, J. A. Makowsky and U. Rotics, Linear time solvable optimization problems on graphs of bounded clique-width, Theory Comput. Syst. 33 (2000) 125–150. https://doi.org/10.1007/s002249910009
  • N. Robertson and P. D. Seymour, Graph minors. X. Obstructions to tree-decomposition, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 52 (1991) 153–190. https://doi.org/10.1016/0095-8956(91)90061-N
14 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Algorithms for Combinatorial Problems V: The Overlap-Ratio Greedy C2 Is Within 1 + ln k of the Least-Overlap Cover on EC(k)Research Paper

Motivation

David S. Johnson's 1974 paper Approximation Algorithms for Combinatorial Problems (J. Comput. System Sci. 9 (1974) 256–278) was one of the first systematic worst-case analyses of polynomial-time heuristics for NP-complete optimization problems. Its Section 5 proves the harmonic bound ∑j=1k1/j\sum_{j=1}^k 1/j∑j=1k​1/j for the greedy algorithm on minimum-cardinality set cover, a result that still underlies the standard ln⁡n\ln nlnn approximation guarantee.

Section 6, the subject of this mission, asks what happens when the cost of a cover is its total size rather than its number of sets. This problem, SET COVERING II (EC), is the optimization version of the EXACT COVER recognition problem of Karp's list (Karp 1972): a family has a disjoint subcover exactly when the optimum equals the number of covered points. Johnson shows that the change of measure breaks the cardinality greedy but that a greedy rule based on an overlap ratio recovers essentially the same guarantee. The same accounting (paying for each newly covered point) later became the standard analysis of greedy weighted set cover (Chvátal 1979).

Setting

An input is a finite family F={S1,…,Sp}F = \{S_1, \dots, S_p\}F={S1​,…,Sp​} of finite sets. Its covered set is T=⋃S∈FST = \bigcup_{S \in F} ST=⋃S∈F​S. A subcover is a subfamily F′⊆FF' \subseteq FF′⊆F with ⋃S∈F′S=T\bigcup_{S\in F'} S = T⋃S∈F′​S=T, and its measure is

mEC(F′)=∑S∈F′∣S∣.m_{EC}(F') = \sum_{S \in F'} |S|.mEC​(F′)=S∈F′∑​∣S∣.

The optimum F∗F^*F∗ is the least measure of a subcover; since every subcover has measure at least ∣T∣|T|∣T∣, an optimal subcover is one with the least possible overlapping. The subproblem EC(k)(k)(k) admits only families in which every set has at most kkk points.

Algorithm C2 keeps a subfamily SUB (initially empty), the unused sets LEFT (initially FFF) and the uncovered points UNCOV (initially TTT). While UNCOV is nonempty it chooses S′∈S' \inS′∈ LEFT minimizing

Ratio(S)=∣S−UNCOV∣∣S∩UNCOV∣,\mathrm{Ratio}(S) = \frac{|S - \mathrm{UNCOV}|}{|S \cap \mathrm{UNCOV}|},Ratio(S)=∣S∩UNCOV∣∣S−UNCOV∣​,

the number of already-covered points of SSS per newly covered point, and moves S′S'S′ from LEFT to SUB, removing its points from UNCOV. When several sets tie, any of them may be chosen; a subcover is choosable by C2 if some sequence of admissible choices returns it.

The overlap of a chosen set is ∣S′−UNCOV∣|S' - \mathrm{UNCOV}|∣S′−UNCOV∣ at the moment it is chosen, and the cumulative overlap OV(F1)\mathrm{OV}(F_1)OV(F1​) of a run returning F1F_1F1​ is the sum of these overlaps.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 271)

For all k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 and n>0n > 0n>0,

R[C2,EC(k)](n)≤1+ln⁡(k)≤∑j=1k1j+12,R[C2, EC(k)](n) \le 1 + \ln(k) \le \sum_{j=1}^k \frac1j + \frac12,R[C2,EC(k)](n)≤1+ln(k)≤j=1∑k​j1​+21​,

and for all sufficiently large nnn, R[C2,EC(k)](n)≥∑j=1k(1/j)R[C2, EC(k)](n) \ge \sum_{j=1}^k (1/j)R[C2,EC(k)](n)≥∑j=1k​(1/j). In the size-free form used here, for every k≥1k \ge 1k≥1:

  1. every subcover MMM choosable by C2 on an input of EC(k)(k)(k) satisfies mEC(M)≤(1+ln⁡k) F∗m_{EC}(M) \le (1 + \ln k)\,F^*mEC​(M)≤(1+lnk)F∗;
  2. 1+ln⁡k≤∑j=1k1/j+1/21 + \ln k \le \sum_{j=1}^k 1/j + 1/21+lnk≤∑j=1k​1/j+1/2;
  3. some input of EC(k)(k)(k) with F∗>0F^* > 0F∗>0 has a choosable subcover with mEC(M)≥(∑j=1k1/j)F∗m_{EC}(M) \ge \big(\sum_{j=1}^k 1/j\big) F^*mEC​(M)≥(∑j=1k​1/j)F∗.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 6, pp. 271–272)

  • the measure of the output is ∣T∣+OV(F1)|T| + \mathrm{OV}(F_1)∣T∣+OV(F1​);
  • if C2 may choose a set with Ratio(S′)≥y\mathrm{Ratio}(S') \ge yRatio(S′)≥y, then (y+1) ∣UNCOV∣≤F∗(y+1)\,|\mathrm{UNCOV}| \le F^*(y+1)∣UNCOV∣≤F∗;
  • with a=F∗/∣T∣a = F^*/|T|a=F∗/∣T∣ and x=∣T−UNCOV∣/∣T∣x = |T - \mathrm{UNCOV}|/|T|x=∣T−UNCOV∣/∣T∣, the next chosen set has Ratio(S′)≤a/(1−x)−1\mathrm{Ratio}(S') \le a/(1-x) - 1Ratio(S′)≤a/(1−x)−1;
  • on EC(k)(k)(k), OV(F1)≤∣T∣ (a[ln⁡(k)+1]−1)\mathrm{OV}(F_1) \le |T|\,(a[\ln(k) + 1] - 1)OV(F1​)≤∣T∣(a[ln(k)+1]−1);
  • the analytic inequality 1+ln⁡(k)≤∑j=1k1/j+1/21 + \ln(k) \le \sum_{j=1}^k 1/j + 1/21+ln(k)≤∑j=1k​1/j+1/2;
  • the lower-bound input (Fig. 1 of the paper with every set of F1F_1F1​ filled out to exactly kkk points) on which C2 may pay ∑j=1k1/j\sum_{j=1}^k 1/j∑j=1k​1/j times the optimum.

Significance

The result. The measure ∑∣S∣\sum|S|∑∣S∣ penalizes overlap, and the paper notes (without proof, p. 270) that an algorithm returning an optimal cover for the cardinality measure can be a factor kkk from optimal for this one. Theorem 6 shows that the ratio rule C2 is within 1+ln⁡k1 + \ln k1+lnk of the least-overlap cover, and the lower bound shows that no analysis of C2 can beat ∑j=1k1/j\sum_{j=1}^k 1/j∑j=1k​1/j. The two bounds differ by less than 1/21/21/2 for every kkk. The theorem was an early instance of a logarithmic guarantee for a weighted covering problem, where each set's cost is its size.

Formalizing it. The theorem has been proved since 1974; no machine-checked proof is known to exist. The mission produces a formal model of the EC problem and of C2 as a nondeterministic process, the overlap identity, and the discrete form of the paper's area-under-a-curve estimate. The last is the part the paper argues informally, through a step function and an integral.

Difficulty

The cardinality argument for C1 counts the sets chosen; here the sets have different sizes, so it does not apply. The overlap C2 pays per newly covered point is not bounded by a constant: early choices can be free and late ones cost up to k−1k-1k−1 per point, and the bound on the cumulative overlap must hold against the whole run, for every sequence of tie-breaks.

In a formal proof the integral must be replaced by a sum. Covered points arrive in blocks (one block per chosen set), the charge is constant on a block but the bound depends on the covered fraction at the start of the block, and the sum has to be compared with a logarithm. The terms aln⁡aa\ln aalna and a/ka/ka/k that the paper drops using 1≤a≤k1 \le a \le k1≤a≤k must be controlled as well, and the relation 1≤a≤k1 \le a \le k1≤a≤k must itself be proved from optimality. The lower bound needs an explicit run of C2 through ties on an input with k⋅k!k \cdot k!k⋅k! points, checking at every stage that the intended set is a ratio minimizer.

Formalization scope

  • Inputs. A family is p : ℕ with S : Fin p → Finset α (0-based, repetitions allowed; a repeated set counts twice in the measure if both copies are chosen, which C2 never does). Subcovers and SUB, LEFT are index sets. F∗F^*F∗ is a minimum over the finite, nonempty set of subcovers (Finset.inf'), never a junk value.
  • Algorithm. C2 is a step relation on states (SUB, LEFT, UNCOV). The choice at Step 3 is existential over all minimizers, so every result quantifies over every choosable output (the paper's WORST). Ratio(S)\mathrm{Ratio}(S)Ratio(S) is +∞+\infty+∞ when S∩UNCOV=∅S \cap \mathrm{UNCOV} = \emptysetS∩UNCOV=∅; the formal rule requires the chosen set to meet UNCOV and compares ratios by cross-multiplication, with no division.
  • Overlap. The cumulative overlap depends on the run, not on the output alone, so it is carried by an inductive run relation RunOV.
  • No problem size. The paper's R[A,P](n)R[A, P](n)R[A,P](n) maximizes over inputs of size at most nnn in an unspecified encoding. Upper bounds are stated for every input and every choosable output; the lower bound exhibits one input and one choosable output. Given monotonicity of RRR in nnn, these are equivalent to the paper's claims. Ratios are stated multiplicatively, so F∗=0F^* = 0F∗=0 does not create a vacuous bound.
  • Numbers. Measures are natural numbers cast to R\mathbb RR; ln⁡\lnln is Real.log; ∑j=1k1/j\sum_{j=1}^k 1/j∑j=1k​1/j is Mathlib's harmonic k.
  • Ruled out. A deterministic tie-break would prove a weaker upper bound and could not realize the lower-bound run, and a ratio with x/0=0x/0 = 0x/0=0 would make disjoint-from-UNCOV sets the most attractive choice. The formalization uses neither.

The overlap identity and the discrete integral comparison are reusable for any greedy covering analysis that charges cost per newly covered point. Contributions welcome include proofs of the milestones, the invariants of the C2 run relation (SUB and LEFT partition the indices; UNCOV =T−⋃= T - \bigcup=T−⋃ SUB), and the explicit lower-bound run.

Selected references

  • D. S. Johnson, Approximation algorithms for combinatorial problems, J. Comput. System Sci. 9 (1974), 256–278. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(74)80044-9
  • R. M. Karp, Reducibility among combinatorial problems, in Complexity of Computer Computations, Plenum, 1972, 85–103. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-2001-2_9
  • V. Chvátal, A greedy heuristic for the set-covering problem, Math. Oper. Res. 4 (1979), 233–235. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.4.3.233
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Sparse Approximate Solutions to Linear Systems 2: An Exact Cover by 3-Sets Exists iff Its Incidence System Has a 1/2-Approximate Solution with at Most m/3 NonzerosResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in signal processing, statistics and function interpolation ask for a solution of a linear system Ax≈bAx\approx bAx≈b that uses as few columns of AAA as possible: a sparse approximate solution. Natarajan's 1995 paper Sparse Approximate Solutions to Linear Systems (SIAM J. Comput. 24(2):227–234) was motivated by radial basis interpolation, where each column corresponds to a basis function and fewer columns mean a cheaper interpolant. The paper does two things. It proves that finding the sparsest approximate solution is computationally hard (§2, Theorem 1), and it analyses a greedy column-selection algorithm whose number of chosen columns is within a factor, depending on the conditioning of AAA, of the optimum (§3, Theorem 2; a separate mission of this series).

The hardness theorem is the reason the second half of the paper exists: once exact minimization is ruled out, one settles for approximation guarantees. It is cited throughout the compressed-sensing literature as the canonical statement that ℓ0\ell_0ℓ0​-minimization under an ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ error constraint is NP-hard, and is the starting point for the later theory of when convex relaxations recover sparse solutions.

The argument follows the classical reduction from Exact Cover by 3-sets (X3C) to minimum-weight solutions of linear systems in Garey and Johnson (1979), pp. 221 and 246, adapted to an approximate right-hand side.

Setting

Sparse approximate solution (SAS). Given a matrix A∈Rm×nA\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, a vector b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm and a tolerance ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, find a vector x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn with ∥Ax−b∥2≤ε\|Ax-b\|_2\le\varepsilon∥Ax−b∥2​≤ε whose number of nonzero entries, written ∥x∥0=∣{j:xj≠0}∣\|x\|_0=|\{j : x_j\neq0\}|∥x∥0​=∣{j:xj​=0}∣, is as small as possible. Here ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ is the Euclidean norm.

Exact Cover by 3-sets (X3C). An instance is a ground set S={s1,…,sm}S=\{s_1,\dots,s_m\}S={s1​,…,sm​} and a list C=c1,…,cnC=c_1,\dots,c_nC=c1​,…,cn​ of subsets of SSS, each with exactly three elements. An exact cover is a sub-collection C^={cj:j∈J}\hat C=\{c_j : j\in J\}C^={cj​:j∈J}, J⊆{1,…,n}J\subseteq\{1,\dots,n\}J⊆{1,…,n}, such that every element of SSS occurs in exactly one set of C^\hat CC^.

The transformation. From an X3C instance build the SAS instance with

  • the incidence matrix A∈Rm×nA\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n: Aij=1A_{ij}=1Aij​=1 if si∈cjs_i\in c_jsi​∈cj​ and Aij=0A_{ij}=0Aij​=0 otherwise, so column jjj is the characteristic vector of cjc_jcj​;
  • the all-ones vector b=(1,1,…,1)∈Rmb=(1,1,\dots,1)\in\mathbb R^mb=(1,1,…,1)∈Rm;
  • the tolerance ε=12\varepsilon=\tfrac12ε=21​.

In Lean, SSS is Fin m, the collection is C : Fin n → Finset (Fin m) with hC : ∀ j, (C j).card = 3, an exact cover is an index set J with IsExactCover C J, the matrix is incidence C, the vector bbb is onesVec m, AxAxAx is Matrix.toEuclideanLin (incidence C) x, and ∥x∥0\|x\|_0∥x∥0​ is nnz x.

Formalization targets

Goal: correctness of the reduction

For every X3C instance (S,C)(S,C)(S,C) as above,

(∃J, {cj}j∈J is an exact cover of S)  ⟺  (∃x∈Rn, ∥Ax−b∥2≤12 and 3 ∥x∥0≤m).\bigl(\exists J,\ \{c_j\}_{j\in J}\text{ is an exact cover of }S\bigr)\iff\bigl(\exists x\in\mathbb R^n,\ \|Ax-b\|_2\le\tfrac12\ \text{and}\ 3\,\|x\|_0\le m\bigr).(∃J, {cj​}j∈J​ is an exact cover of S)⟺(∃x∈Rn, ∥Ax−b∥2​≤21​ and 3∥x∥0​≤m).

This is the sentence the proof of Theorem 1 (p. 228) establishes: "the constructed instance of SAS has a solution with m/3m/3m/3 or fewer entries if and only if the given instance of X3C has a solution."

Milestones

  1. Forward direction. If {cj}j∈J\{c_j\}_{j\in J}{cj​}j∈J​ is an exact cover, the indicator vector x=1Jx=\mathbf 1_Jx=1J​ satisfies Ax=bAx=bAx=b and 3∥x∥0=m3\|x\|_0=m3∥x∥0​=m.
  2. Entry bounds. For every xxx with ∥Ax−b∥2≤12\|Ax-b\|_2\le\frac12∥Ax−b∥2​≤21​, each entry of AxAxAx lies in [12,32][\frac12,\frac32][21​,23​].
  3. Lower bound on sparsity. For every such xxx, m≤3∥x∥0m\le3\|x\|_0m≤3∥x∥0​.
  4. Exact cover from a sparse solution. If moreover 3∥x∥0≤m3\|x\|_0\le m3∥x∥0​≤m, the sets cjc_jcj​ with xj≠0x_j\neq0xj​=0 form an exact cover.

Significance

The result. The equivalence shows that deciding whether a sparse approximate solution with a prescribed number of nonzeros exists is at least as hard as X3C, which is NP-complete. Consequently no polynomial-time algorithm computes the optimum of SAS unless P = NP, and approximation algorithms such as the greedy method of §3 are the natural object of study. The same instance shows hardness persists for 0/1 matrices, a right-hand side of all ones and a constant tolerance, so the difficulty does not come from ill-conditioned data or from vanishing precision.

Formalizing it. The reduction is proved in the paper; this mission produces a machine-checked proof of its correctness, the combinatorial core of every NP-hardness claim for ℓ0\ell_0ℓ0​-constrained least squares. No prior machine-checked version is known to exist, on the platform or elsewhere. The complexity-theoretic wrapper is out of scope (see below).

Difficulty

The forward direction is a direct computation. The converse contains the only real step, which the paper passes over with "it is clear". From ∥Ax−b∥2≤12\|Ax-b\|_2\le\frac12∥Ax−b∥2​≤21​ one gets only that every entry of AxAxAx is in [12,32][\frac12,\frac32][21​,23​]; the entries of xxx themselves are arbitrary reals, possibly negative or not equal to 111, so xxx need not be an indicator vector and Ax=bAx=bAx=b need not hold. The exact-cover property must therefore be extracted from support sizes alone: every element is covered by some column in the support, the support has at most m/3m/3m/3 columns of three elements each, and a counting argument forces the chosen sets to be pairwise disjoint. Reading off a cover from the values of xxx (for instance, taking the jjj with xj=1x_j=1xj​=1) does not work.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m) and EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), so ‖·‖ is the paper's ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​. Using the sup norm of Fin m → ℝ would give a different statement.
  • The tolerance is exactly ε=12\varepsilon=\frac12ε=21​, as printed.
  • The collection is indexed, C : Fin n → Finset (Fin m): repeated sets are allowed and are distinct indices; an exact cover is a set of indices, and on the SAS side one nonzero entry is counted per index, so both sides treat duplicates consistently.
  • "m/3m/3m/3 or fewer" is written 3∥x∥0≤m3\|x\|_0\le m3∥x∥0​≤m, never with natural-number division. With this form the equivalence holds for every mmm (both sides are false when 3∤m3\nmid m3∤m), which absorbs the paper's "without loss of generality mmm is a multiple of 3"; no divisibility hypothesis is assumed. For m=0m=0m=0 both sides are true.
  • The hypothesis that every set has exactly three elements is essential for the converse (with m=9m=9m=9, O={s3,…,s9}O=\{s_3,\dots,s_9\}O={s3​,…,s9​}, c1={s1}∪Oc_1=\{s_1\}\cup Oc1​={s1​}∪O, c2={s2}∪Oc_2=\{s_2\}\cup Oc2​={s2​}∪O, c3=Oc_3=Oc3​=O, the vector x=(1,1,−1)x=(1,1,-1)x=(1,1,−1) solves Ax=bAx=bAx=b with 3∥x∥0=m3\|x\|_0=m3∥x∥0​=m, yet CCC has no exact cover since c1c_1c1​ and c2c_2c2​ must both be chosen) and is kept as hC.
  • Not formalized: the infinite-precision RAM machine model, polynomial-time many-one reductions, polynomial-time computability of the transformation (evident: an m×nm\times nm×n 0/1 matrix), and the NP-completeness of X3C (cited by the paper from Garey–Johnson). The goal is therefore the correctness of the transformation, not a statement titled "SAS is NP-hard". A statement that only records the forward direction, or that fixes xxx to be a 0/1 vector on the SAS side, would trivialize the converse and is not the target.
  • Tools a solver will need are in Mathlib: coordinate bounds for the Euclidean norm (PiLp.norm_apply_le), Finset.card_biUnion_le, and Finset.card_biUnion for disjoint unions. Contributions of a reusable exact-cover API, or of a polynomial-time reduction framework that could later wrap this equivalence into an NP-hardness theorem, are welcome.

Selected references

  • B. K. Natarajan, Sparse Approximate Solutions to Linear Systems, SIAM Journal on Computing 24(2):227–234, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1137/s0097539792240406
  • M. R. Garey and D. S. Johnson, Computers and Intractability: A Guide to the Theory of NP-Completeness, W. H. Freeman, 1979 (X3C: problem [SP2], p. 221; minimum weight solution to linear equations: [MP5], p. 246).
  • F. P. Preparata and M. I. Shamos, Computational Geometry: An Introduction, Springer, 1985 (the real RAM model). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-1098-6
6 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryNumber Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Fast Algorithms for Finding Nearest Common Ancestors II: Nearest Common Ancestors in a Complete Binary Tree by Symmetric-Order ArithmeticResearch Paper

Motivation

The nearest common ancestor (nca) problem asks, for a fixed rooted tree and a sequence of vertex pairs (v,w)(v, w)(v,w), for the deepest vertex that is an ancestor of both. It is a basic step in suffix-tree string algorithms and is equivalent to range-minimum queries (Bender, Farach-Colton, 2000). Harel and Tarjan, Fast Algorithms for Finding Nearest Common Ancestors, SIAM J. Comput. 13 (1984) 338–355, gave the first algorithm answering each query on a static tree in constant time on a random-access machine after linear preprocessing.

Their construction reduces the general problem to the case of a complete binary tree, where §3 of the paper shows that nca queries can be answered "by direct calculation" on vertex numbers: multiplication, division, powers of two, the base-two logarithm and bitwise exclusive or. The later simplification of Schieber and Vishkin (1988) is built on the same in-order numbering of a complete binary tree. This mission formalizes that arithmetic core.

Timeline, as reviewed in the paper's §1 (pp. 338–340):

  • 1976: Aho, Hopcroft and Ullman (SIAM J. Comput. 5) give an O(n+mα(m+n,n))O(n + m\alpha(m+n, n))O(n+mα(m+n,n))-time off-line algorithm on a pointer machine, and for static trees a random-access algorithm with O(nlog⁡log⁡n)O(n \log\log n)O(nloglogn) preprocessing and O(log⁡log⁡n)O(\log\log n)O(loglogn) time per query.
  • 1976: van Leeuwen (unpublished report) gives an O(n+mlog⁡log⁡n)O(n + m \log\log n)O(n+mloglogn)-time algorithm for linking roots and static trees that runs on a pointer machine in O(n)O(n)O(n) space.
  • 1980: Harel (Proc. 21st FOCS) gives a preliminary version of the paper's results.
  • 1984: Harel and Tarjan prove that pointer machines need Ω(log⁡log⁡n)\Omega(\log\log n)Ω(loglogn) time per query on static trees (Theorem 1), and give the O(n)O(n)O(n)-preprocessing, O(1)O(1)O(1)-query random-access algorithm whose base case is the subject of this mission.

Setting

Fix d≥0d \ge 0d≥0 and let TTT be the complete binary tree of depth ddd. A vertex is identified with the path from the root to it, a word of at most ddd left or right turns; the root is the empty word and TTT has n=2d+1−1n = 2^{d+1} - 1n=2d+1−1 vertices. Following the paper's Appendix (pp. 354–355):

  • www is an ancestor of vvv (vvv a descendant of www) if the word www is a prefix of the word vvv; every vertex is its own ancestor. vvv and www are unrelated if neither is an ancestor of the other.
  • The depth of vvv is its distance to the root; its height h(v)h(v)h(v) is the length of the longest path from a leaf to vvv, which in TTT is d−depth⁡(v)d - \operatorname{depth}(v)d−depth(v).
  • nca⁡(v,w)\operatorname{nca}(v, w)nca(v,w) is the vertex of greatest depth that is an ancestor of both: the longest common prefix.

The vertices of TTT are numbered from 111 to nnn in symmetric order (in-order): at every vertex, first the left subtree, then the vertex, then the right subtree. sym(v)\mathrm{sym}(v)sym(v) is the number of vvv and sym−1(i)\mathrm{sym}^{-1}(i)sym−1(i) the vertex numbered iii. For d=4d = 4d=4 (Fig. 1 of the paper) the root is 161616, its children 888 and 242424, and the leaves 1,3,5,…,311, 3, 5, \dots, 311,3,5,…,31. i⊕ji \oplus ji⊕j denotes bitwise exclusive or and lg⁡\lglg the base-two logarithm.

Two procedures of §3 use only numbers, heights and ddd:

  • the nca depth algorithm: return d−h(v)d - h(v)d−h(v) if sym(w)∈[sym(v)−2h(v)+1,sym(v)+2h(v)−1]\mathrm{sym}(w) \in [\mathrm{sym}(v) - 2^{h(v)} + 1, \mathrm{sym}(v) + 2^{h(v)} - 1]sym(w)∈[sym(v)−2h(v)+1,sym(v)+2h(v)−1]; else d−h(w)d - h(w)d−h(w) if the same holds with v,wv, wv,w exchanged; else d−⌊lg⁡(sym(v)⊕sym(w))⌋d - \lfloor \lg(\mathrm{sym}(v) \oplus \mathrm{sym}(w)) \rfloord−⌊lg(sym(v)⊕sym(w))⌋;
  • the depth algorithm: given vvv and a depth d2≤depth⁡(v)d_2 \le \operatorname{depth}(v)d2​≤depth(v), with h=d−d2h = d - d_2h=d−d2​, return sym−1(2h+1⌊sym(v)/2h+1⌋+2h)\mathrm{sym}^{-1}\bigl(2^{h+1}\lfloor \mathrm{sym}(v)/2^{h+1}\rfloor + 2^h\bigr)sym−1(2h+1⌊sym(v)/2h+1⌋+2h).

Formalization targets

Goal: the nca algorithm is correct

The algorithm to compute nca⁡(v,w)\operatorname{nca}(v,w)nca(v,w) (p. 342) runs the nca depth algorithm to obtain d0d_0d0​ and then the depth algorithm on (v,d0)(v, d_0)(v,d0​). The goal states that it returns the nearest common ancestor: for all vertices v,wv, wv,w of TTT, with d0d_0d0​ the output of the nca depth algorithm and h=d−d0h = d - d_0h=d−d0​,

sym(nca⁡(v,w))=2h+1⌊sym(v)2h+1⌋+2h.\mathrm{sym}(\operatorname{nca}(v,w)) = 2^{h+1}\left\lfloor \frac{\mathrm{sym}(v)}{2^{h+1}} \right\rfloor + 2^h .sym(nca(v,w))=2h+1⌊2h+1sym(v)​⌋+2h.

Milestones

In the order the paper uses them:

  1. Numbers at height hhh (p. 341): the vertices of height hhh are numbered 2h,3⋅2h,5⋅2h,…2^h, 3\cdot 2^h, 5\cdot 2^h, \dots2h,3⋅2h,5⋅2h,… from left to right.
  2. Lemma 1: h(v)h(v)h(v) is the largest hhh with 2h∣sym(v)2^h \mid \mathrm{sym}(v)2h∣sym(v).
  3. Lemma 2: the descendants of vvv are the vertices numbered in [sym(v)−2h(v)+1,sym(v)+2h(v)−1][\mathrm{sym}(v) - 2^{h(v)} + 1, \mathrm{sym}(v) + 2^{h(v)} - 1][sym(v)−2h(v)+1,sym(v)+2h(v)−1].
  4. Lemma 3: for a height h≥h(v)h \ge h(v)h≥h(v), the height-hhh ancestor of vvv has number 2h+1⌊sym(v)/2h+1⌋+2h2^{h+1}\lfloor \mathrm{sym}(v)/2^{h+1}\rfloor + 2^h2h+1⌊sym(v)/2h+1⌋+2h.
  5. Lemma 4: for unrelated v,wv, wv,w,
h(nca⁡(v,w))=⌊lg⁡(sym(v)⊕sym(w))⌋.h(\operatorname{nca}(v,w)) = \lfloor \lg(\mathrm{sym}(v) \oplus \mathrm{sym}(w)) \rfloor .h(nca(v,w))=⌊lg(sym(v)⊕sym(w))⌋.
  1. The nca depth algorithm returns depth⁡(nca⁡(v,w))\operatorname{depth}(\operatorname{nca}(v,w))depth(nca(v,w)).
  2. The depth algorithm returns the number of the depth-d2d_2d2​ ancestor of vvv.

Two supporting statements pin the definitions to the paper: sym\mathrm{sym}sym is a bijection onto {1,…,2d+1−1}\{1, \dots, 2^{d+1} - 1\}{1,…,2d+1−1}, and the longest common prefix is the deepest common ancestor.

Significance

The constant-time nca computation on complete binary trees is the base case of the whole paper: §§4–5 embed an arbitrary tree into a moderately sized complete binary tree through a compressed tree and a balanced binary tree, and every query ends with the arithmetic of §3. The same idea, that in-order numbers encode ancestry in their low-order bits, underlies the Schieber–Vishkin algorithm. Lemma 1 identifies the height with the 2-adic valuation of the number, and Lemma 4 identifies the nca height with the position of the highest differing bit.

The results are proved in the paper, with the proofs left as "easy to verify". No machine-checked version of this numbering or of these four lemmas is known to exist in Mathlib or on this platform. A formal development supplies proofs of the four lemmas and the two algorithms, and a reusable library connecting in-order ranks of a complete binary tree to binary arithmetic (Nat.log, bitwise xor, 2-adic valuation).

Difficulty

The numbering is defined by a traversal order, while the lemmas speak about divisibility, floor division and exclusive or. The work lies in connecting the rank of a vertex in symmetric order to its closed form (2j+1)⋅2h(v)(2j+1)\cdot 2^{h(v)}(2j+1)⋅2h(v), where jjj is its left-to-right position. That counting argument sums the sizes of the subtrees that precede vvv and is where most of the effort goes. Lemma 4 then needs the observation that two unrelated numbers agree in all bits above the height of their nca and differ in the bit at that height. This is a statement about Nat.testBit of the exclusive or, and it fails for related vertices. The algorithm statements add a case analysis whose first two cases overlap when v=wv = wv=w.

Formalization scope

  • A vertex of the tree of depth ddd is a List Bool of length at most ddd (false = left). Ancestry is the prefix relation, nca⁡\operatorname{nca}nca the longest common prefix, depth the length, and height d−lengthd - \text{length}d−length. None of these structural notions uses the numbering.
  • sym(v)\mathrm{sym}(v)sym(v) is the number of vertices whose in-order sort key is lexicographically at most that of vvv. The key is the path with left ↦0\mapsto 0↦0, right ↦2\mapsto 2↦2, followed by 111. The numbering is not defined by the closed form or by a recursion on numbers: a definition of that kind would make the height-hhh numbering and Lemma 1 immediate and move the content of the mission into an uncheckable definition.
  • ⌊lg⁡x⌋\lfloor \lg x \rfloor⌊lgx⌋ is Nat.log 2 x, which agrees for x≥1x \ge 1x≥1. ⊕\oplus⊕ is ^^^ on N\mathbb NN, and floor division is / on N\mathbb NN.
  • Interval tests a∈[b−c+1,b+c−1]a \in [b - c + 1, b + c - 1]a∈[b−c+1,b+c−1] are written additively as b+1≤a+cb + 1 \le a + cb+1≤a+c and a+1≤b+ca + 1 \le b + ca+1≤b+c. The subtractions d−h(v)d - h(v)d−h(v) and d−d2d - d_2d−d2​ never truncate for heights and depths of vertices.
  • Lemma 3 states explicitly that h≤dh \le dh≤d ("hhh is a height") and that the ancestor exists. The depth algorithm assumes d2≤depth⁡(v)d_2 \le \operatorname{depth}(v)d2​≤depth(v), as printed.
  • sym−1\mathrm{sym}^{-1}sym−1 is not defined as a function. The goal and the depth algorithm state that a vertex has the computed number if and only if it is the nearest common ancestor (respectively the ancestor at depth d2d_2d2​), which says that sym−1\mathrm{sym}^{-1}sym−1 of that number is that vertex.
  • The O(1)O(1)O(1) time bounds are not formalized, since the random-access machine model is out of scope.

Proofs of any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Harel and R. E. Tarjan, Fast Algorithms for Finding Nearest Common Ancestors, SIAM J. Comput. 13(2) (1984), 338–355. https://doi.org/10.1137/0213024
  • A. V. Aho, J. E. Hopcroft and J. D. Ullman, On Finding Lowest Common Ancestors in Trees, SIAM J. Comput. 5(1) (1976), 115–132. https://doi.org/10.1137/0205011
  • B. Schieber and U. Vishkin, On Finding Lowest Common Ancestors: Simplification and Parallelization, SIAM J. Comput. 17(6) (1988), 1253–1262. https://doi.org/10.1137/0217079
  • M. A. Bender and M. Farach-Colton, The LCA Problem Revisited, LATIN 2000, LNCS 1776, 88–94. https://doi.org/10.1007/10719839_9
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsComplexity Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Fast Algorithms for Finding Nearest Common Ancestors I: A Lower Bound for Pointer MachinesResearch Paper

Motivation

The nearest common ancestor problem asks, for a rooted tree and two of its vertices xxx and yyy, for the deepest vertex that is an ancestor of both, written nca⁡(x,y)\operatorname{nca}(x,y)nca(x,y). It appears as a subroutine in string algorithms (suffix trees), in graph algorithms (path queries, dominators) and in the analysis of set-union structures. Aho, Hopcroft and Ullman (On finding lowest common ancestors in trees, SIAM J. Comput. 5, 1976) posed it in several versions, differing in how much the tree changes while the queries are answered.

Harel and Tarjan (Fast Algorithms for Finding Nearest Common Ancestors, SIAM J. Comput. 13, 1984) study how the answer depends on the machine model. On a random-access machine, where addresses can be computed arithmetically, they preprocess a static tree in linear time and then answer each query in constant time. On a pointer machine, where memory can only be traversed by following pointers, their §2 shows that no representation of the tree allows constant-time queries: Ω(log⁡log⁡n)\Omega(\log\log n)Ω(loglogn) steps are needed in the worst case. This mission formalizes that lower bound.

Timeline.

  • 1976: Aho, Hopcroft and Ullman give an O(log⁡log⁡n)O(\log\log n)O(loglogn)-per-query random-access algorithm for static trees.
  • 1976: van Leeuwen (Finding lowest common ancestors in less than logarithmic time, unpublished report, reference [14] of Harel–Tarjan) gives an O(n+mlog⁡log⁡n)O(n + m\log\log n)O(n+mloglogn) algorithm for static trees that runs on a pointer machine.
  • 1984: Harel and Tarjan prove Theorem 1, the matching Ω(log⁡log⁡n)\Omega(\log\log n)Ω(loglogn) lower bound for pointer machines, and the O(1)O(1)O(1)-per-query random-access algorithm.

Setting

A pointer machine stores its data as a collection of nodes. Each node has a fixed number of fields, and a pointer field holds either a node or nil. The machine can follow a pointer from a node it holds, but it cannot compute an address. Following Harel and Tarjan (p. 340), a static tree is represented by a list structure: each tree vertex vvv is represented by a single node rep(v)\mathrm{rep}(v)rep(v), distinct vertices by distinct nodes, and the structure may contain further nodes that represent no vertex. Each node has two pointer fields; the paper reduces any fixed number of pointers to two "without loss of generality". To answer a query on xxx and yyy, the machine is given pointers to rep(x)\mathrm{rep}(x)rep(x) and rep(y)\mathrm{rep}(y)rep(y) and must return a pointer to rep(nca⁡(x,y))\mathrm{rep}(\operatorname{nca}(x,y))rep(nca(x,y)).

The node bbb is accessible from aaa in jjj steps or less if it can be reached from aaa by following at most jjj pointers. Write accj(a)\mathrm{acc}_j(a)accj​(a) for the set of such nodes. A run of ttt steps from input nodes aaa and bbb is a sequence n1,…,ntn_1,\dots,n_tn1​,…,nt​ in which each nsn_sns​ is the content of a pointer field of a node among a,b,n1,…,ns−1a, b, n_1, \dots, n_{s-1}a,b,n1​,…,ns−1​. A query with answer ccc is answered in kkk steps if some run of at most kkk steps holds ccc.

The tree is the complete binary tree TTT of height hhh, with n=2hn = 2^hn=2h leaves. Its vertices are the words w∈{0,1}≤hw \in \{0,1\}^{\le h}w∈{0,1}≤h (the root-to-vertex path, 000 = left), the ancestors of vvv are its prefixes, the depth of www is ∣w∣|w|∣w∣ and its height is h−∣w∣h - |w|h−∣w∣. Then nca⁡(x,y)\operatorname{nca}(x,y)nca(x,y) is the longest common prefix of xxx and yyy. Logarithms are binary: lg⁡=log⁡2\lg = \log_2lg=log2​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 in the explicit form of its proof

For every hhh, every node type, every list structure with two pointers per node and every injective representation rep\mathrm{rep}rep of the complete binary tree with n=2hn = 2^hn=2h leaves: if every nca query on two leaves is answered in kkk steps, then

k>lg⁡lg⁡n−2.k > \lg\lg n - 2 .k>lglgn−2.

This is the last display of the proof (p. 341), which is what the paper's Ω(log⁡log⁡n)\Omega(\log\log n)Ω(loglogn) means. The representation is arbitrary and is quantified before the query bound, so the bound holds for every representation.

Milestones: the claims of the proof

  1. A query answered in kkk steps reaches only nodes in acck(rep(x))∪acck(rep(y))\mathrm{acc}_k(\mathrm{rep}(x)) \cup \mathrm{acc}_k(\mathrm{rep}(y))acck​(rep(x))∪acck​(rep(y)).
  2. ∣accj(a)∣≤2j+1−1|\mathrm{acc}_j(a)| \le 2^{j+1} - 1∣accj​(a)∣≤2j+1−1 for every node aaa.
  3. With AxA_xAx​ the set of vertices whose nodes are accessible from rep(x)\mathrm{rep}(x)rep(x) in kkk steps or less: for a nonleaf www with children u,vu, vu,v, either w∈Axw \in A_xw∈Ax​ for every leaf xxx below uuu, or w∈Ayw \in A_yw∈Ay​ for every leaf yyy below vvv.
  4. A vertex of height i≥1i \ge 1i≥1 lies in AxA_xAx​ for at least 2i−12^{i-1}2i−1 leaves xxx.
∑x∈L∣Ax∣≥n2lg⁡n,\sum_{x \in L} |A_x| \ge \frac{n}{2}\lg n,x∈L∑​∣Ax​∣≥2n​lgn,

where LLL is the set of leaves.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 shows that van Leeuwen's pointer-machine algorithm for static trees is optimal up to a constant factor, and that the constant-time queries of the paper's §§3–5 depend on address arithmetic. It is an early nontrivial lower bound for pointer machines on a natural problem; the paper compares it with Tarjan's lower bound for disjoint-set union on a pointer machine (J. Comput. System Sci. 18, 1979).

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; as far as could be determined no machine-checked version exists, and Mathlib has no pointer-machine model. The mission produces an explicit, reusable definition of pointer-machine runs and accessibility together with a complete proof of the explicit bound. A formal model of this kind is the precondition for stating any other pointer-machine lower bound.

Difficulty

The statement must hold for every representation, including structures with many auxiliary nodes and arbitrary pointers between tree nodes. Arguing about one natural representation, such as parent pointers, where a leaf is far from its ancestors, says nothing about other representations: a structure with shortcut pointers or auxiliary nodes may bring some ancestors close to some leaves, and the bound must survive every such choice. In the formal setting the counting also has to handle overlaps: nodes reachable from several leaves, nodes that represent no vertex, and pointer cycles.

Formalization scope

  • Model. Nodes form an arbitrary type N, not necessarily finite. ptr : N → Fin 2 → Option N gives the two pointer fields (none = nil), and rep : Vertex h → N is required to be injective. acc ptr j a is defined recursively. Run ptr a b t held is an inductive predicate for runs of ttt steps, AnsweredIn asks for some run of at most kkk steps holding the answer, and AnswersLeafQueriesIn ptr rep k requires this for every pair of leaves.
  • Conventions.
    • Two pointer fields per node, as the paper's "without loss of generality" reduction allows; the reduction itself is not formalized.
    • Only queries on two leaves are assumed answerable. This is weaker than all queries, so the theorem is at least as strong as the paper's.
    • Time is counted as pointer-following steps. Mutation of the structure during a query and non-pointer fields are not modelled: neither lets the machine hold a node it has not reached by following pointers. The clause "the algorithm remembers nothing between queries" is built into the static structure.
    • Vertex h is {s : List Bool // s.length ≤ h}, nca is the longest common prefix, and a separate theorem identifies it with the Appendix's deepest common ancestor. n=2hn = 2^hn=2h counts leaves, not vertices.
    • lg⁡\lglg is Real.logb 2. For h=0h = 0h=0 Lean's log⁡20=0\log_2 0 = 0log2​0=0 gives the true statement k>−2k > -2k>−2; for h≥1h \ge 1h≥1, lg⁡lg⁡n=log⁡2h\lg\lg n = \log_2 hlglgn=log2​h.
    • Cardinalities in the milestones are Set.encard in N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}, so finiteness is part of each claim. Divisions are cleared: h 2h≤2∑x∣Ax∣h\,2^h \le 2\sum_x |A_x|h2h≤2∑x​∣Ax​∣.
  • Ruling out trivial formalizations. The hypothesis AnswersLeafQueriesIn is satisfiable: the parent-pointer representation answers every leaf query in hhh steps. If rep were not injective, a constant rep would answer every query in zero steps, so injectivity is kept in the goal. The milestones do not need it and do not assume it.
  • Infrastructure. The goal needs finite-set counting over the leaves of the complete binary tree and a double count over heights. The run and accessibility definitions are reusable for other pointer-machine arguments. Proofs of the milestones, and of the ℕ form h<2k+2h < 2^{k+2}h<2k+2 that the goal reduces to, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Harel, R. E. Tarjan, Fast Algorithms for Finding Nearest Common Ancestors, SIAM J. Comput. 13(2):338–355, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1137/0213024
  • A. V. Aho, J. E. Hopcroft, J. D. Ullman, On finding lowest common ancestors in trees, SIAM J. Comput. 5(1):115–132, 1976. https://doi.org/10.1137/0205011
  • A. Schönhage, Storage modification machines, SIAM J. Comput. 9(3):490–508, 1980. https://doi.org/10.1137/0209036
  • R. E. Tarjan, A class of algorithms which require nonlinear time to maintain disjoint sets, J. Comput. System Sci. 18(2):110–127, 1979. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0000(79)90042-4
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Graph TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A New Approach to the Maximum-Flow Problem 2: The Nonsaturating-Push Bound for FIFO Push-RelabelResearch Paper

Motivation

The maximum-flow problem asks how much of a commodity can be sent from a source to a sink through a network whose edges carry capacities. It is a basic model of operations research. Transportation, scheduling, bipartite matching and image segmentation reduce to it, and it is the inner step of many combinatorial algorithms.

Goldberg and Tarjan introduced the push–relabel (preflow) method in A New Approach to the Maximum-Flow Problem (J. ACM 35(4), 1988). Ford–Fulkerson-type algorithms augment along whole source–sink paths. The push–relabel method instead moves excess flow across single edges, guided by integer distance labels on the vertices. Whatever order its local operations are applied in, it is correct and performs O(n2m)O(n^2 m)O(n2m) of them (§3 of the paper). Section 4 shows that one particular order, processing the active vertices first-in, first-out, cuts the dominant term, the number of nonsaturating pushes, to O(n3)O(n^3)O(n3). The method and its FIFO and highest-label variants are the standard practical maximum-flow codes.

Timeline:

  • 1956: Ford and Fulkerson, augmenting paths and max-flow min-cut.
  • 1970–72: Dinic, and Edmonds and Karp, give polynomial augmenting-path bounds.
  • 1974: Karzanov introduces preflows and obtains O(n3)O(n^3)O(n3).
  • 1982: Shiloach and Vishkin give a parallel O(n2log⁡n)O(n^2 \log n)O(n2logn) preflow algorithm with a first-in, first-out flavour.
  • 1988: Goldberg and Tarjan, the generic push–relabel method, the FIFO bound of this mission, and O(nmlog⁡(n2/m))O(nm \log(n^2/m))O(nmlog(n2/m)) with dynamic trees.

Setting

A flow network has a finite vertex set VVV with n=∣V∣n = |V|n=∣V∣, a capacity c(v,w)≥0c(v,w) \ge 0c(v,w)≥0 on every ordered pair, a source sss and a sink t≠st \neq st=s. The edges are the pairs with c(v,w)>0c(v,w) > 0c(v,w)>0, and there are no loops. A preflow is a function fff on vertex pairs with f(v,w)≤c(v,w)f(v,w) \le c(v,w)f(v,w)≤c(v,w) and f(v,w)=−f(w,v)f(v,w) = -f(w,v)f(v,w)=−f(w,v). Its excess e(v)=∑uf(u,v)e(v) = \sum_u f(u,v)e(v)=∑u​f(u,v) must be nonnegative at every v≠sv \neq sv=s. The residual capacity is rf(v,w)=c(v,w)−f(v,w)r_f(v,w) = c(v,w) - f(v,w)rf​(v,w)=c(v,w)−f(v,w). A labeling ddd assigns each vertex a value in N∪{∞}\mathbb{N} \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}. A vertex v∉{s,t}v \notin \{s,t\}v∈/{s,t} is active if d(v)<∞d(v) < \inftyd(v)<∞ and e(v)>0e(v) > 0e(v)>0.

The two basic operations (Fig. 1 of the paper) are:

  • push(v,w)(v,w)(v,w), applicable when vvv is active, rf(v,w)>0r_f(v,w) > 0rf​(v,w)>0 and d(v)=d(w)+1d(v) = d(w)+1d(v)=d(w)+1. It sends δ=min⁡(e(v),rf(v,w))\delta = \min(e(v), r_f(v,w))δ=min(e(v),rf​(v,w)) from vvv to www. The push is saturating if rf(v,w)=0r_f(v,w) = 0rf​(v,w)=0 afterwards and nonsaturating otherwise.
  • relabel(v)(v)(v), applicable when vvv is active and d(v)≤d(w)d(v) \le d(w)d(v)≤d(w) for every residual edge (v,w)(v,w)(v,w). It sets d(v)←min⁡{d(w)+1:rf(v,w)>0}d(v) \leftarrow \min\{d(w)+1 : r_f(v,w) > 0\}d(v)←min{d(w)+1:rf​(v,w)>0}.

The algorithm starts by saturating every edge leaving sss, with d(s)=nd(s) = nd(s)=n and d(v)=0d(v) = 0d(v)=0 for v≠sv \neq sv=s.

In the first-in, first-out algorithm (§4), each vertex vvv scans a fixed list L(v)L(v)L(v) of its neighbours through a current edge. The push/relabel(v)(v)(v) operation pushes through the current edge if possible. Otherwise it advances the current edge, or, at the end of the list, returns to the first edge and relabels vvv. Active vertices wait in a queue QQQ, initially {v∈V−{s,t}:c(s,v)>0}\{v \in V - \{s,t\} : c(s,v) > 0\}{v∈V−{s,t}:c(s,v)>0}. The discharge operation removes the front vertex vvv and repeats push/relabel(v)(v)(v) until e(v)=0e(v) = 0e(v)=0 or d(v)d(v)d(v) increases. Every vertex that becomes active meanwhile is appended to QQQ, and vvv is appended too if it is still active. Passes over the queue are defined inductively. Pass 1 consists of the discharges of the initially queued vertices. Pass i+1i+1i+1 consists of the discharges of vertices added during pass iii.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 4.4 (p. 931)

For every network, every edge-list order, every initial queue order, and every run of the FIFO algorithm,

#{nonsaturating pushes}≤4n3.\#\{\text{nonsaturating pushes}\} \le 4n^3 .#{nonsaturating pushes}≤4n3.

The constant is the printed one.

Milestones

  • Lemma 4.1 (p. 929): the push/relabel operation relabels only when relabeling is applicable.
  • Lemma 3.5 (p. 926): from any vertex with positive excess, the source is reachable in the residual graph.
  • Lemma 3.7 (p. 927): at any time, d(v)≤2n−1d(v) \le 2n-1d(v)≤2n−1 for every vertex.
  • Lemma 3.8 (p. 927): at most 2n−12n-12n−1 relabelings per vertex and at most (2n−1)(n−2)<2n2(2n-1)(n-2) < 2n^2(2n−1)(n−2)<2n2 in total.
  • Lemma 4.3 (p. 930): at most 4n24n^24n2 passes over the queue.

Significance

Corollary 4.4 is the combinatorial core of Theorem 4.5, which states that the FIFO algorithm runs in O(n3)O(n^3)O(n3) time. Theorem 4.2 shows that the remaining work of the implementation is O(nm)O(nm)O(nm) plus constant time per nonsaturating push. The bound of Corollary 4.4 is therefore what separates the O(n3)O(n^3)O(n3) FIFO method from the O(n2m)O(n^2 m)O(n2m) bound of the generic method, which matters on dense networks. The same pass-counting argument is reused for the parallel algorithm of §6 and underlies later analyses of highest-label and wave variants.

The results are proved in the paper. Formalizing them adds an analysis of a push–relabel algorithm, which the platform does not yet have. Its existing network-flow material states max-flow min-cut and Ford–Fulkerson termination in an arc-based model with nonnegative flows (the Introduction to Linear Optimization missions). The mission builds a precise operational model of the FIFO implementation, with edge lists, current edges and a queue carrying pass numbers, and states an explicit operation count for it. A companion mission in this series treats the generic algorithm's correctness and its (2n−1)(n−2)+2nm+4n2m(2n-1)(n-2) + 2nm + 4n^2m(2n−1)(n−2)+2nm+4n2m operation bound.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is the potential-function count of §3, over the sum of the labels of active vertices. It yields only 4n2m4n^2 m4n2m and does not use the queue discipline at all. The 4n34n^34n3 bound has to charge nonsaturating pushes to passes over the queue, and then bound the number of passes by the total growth of the labels. Neither step is visible in the generic algorithm, because both depend on the order in which vertices are processed.

Making this rigorous requires invariants of the implementation that the paper uses silently:

  • a vertex is in the queue exactly when it is active, and at most once;
  • pass numbers are nondecreasing along the queue;
  • current edges only move forward between relabelings.

Lemma 4.1 in particular depends on the current-edge scan: an edge passed over earlier stays inadmissible until vvv is relabeled.

Formalization scope

The Lean development works in namespace GoldbergTarjan.FIFO. Vertices form a type V with [Fintype V] [DecidableEq V], and nnn is Fintype.card V. Capacities are c : V → V → ℝ with c ≥ 0 and c v v = 0. Flows are antisymmetric real functions on all ordered pairs, not nonnegative arc flows. Excess is computed from the flow. Labels are in ℕ∞, and the empty minimum in relabel is ⊤.

The state of the algorithm consists of the flow, the labels, the current-edge index cur v into the edge list L v, and the queue Q : List (V × ℕ), each entry tagged with its pass number. Push/relabel (Fig. 3) is a total function, and a discharge (Fig. 4) is a relation carrying the number of push/relabel operations it performs. A run consists of the states S 0, …, S K with S 0 the initial state and consecutive states related by one discharge. The printed variant of Fig. 4, which stops as soon as vvv is relabeled, is the one formalized. Counts are natural numbers over all push/relabel operations of all discharges. The number of passes is the largest pass tag of a discharged entry.

All constants are explicit, exactly as printed:

  • 2n−12n-12n−1 (Lemmas 3.7, 3.8);
  • (2n−1)(n−2)(2n-1)(n-2)(2n−1)(n−2) and 2n22n^22n2 (Lemma 3.8);
  • 4n24n^24n2 (Lemma 4.3);
  • 4n34n^34n3 (Corollary 4.4).

No asymptotic notation is used, and no m≥n−1m \ge n-1m≥n−1 assumption is made.

A model without current edges, where relabeling happens whenever no push applies, would make Lemma 4.1 vacuous and change the algorithm. Pass numbers that are not propagated by the "added during pass iii" rule would make the pass count arbitrary. Both are ruled out by the definitions. A sorry-free check, outside the proposal, exhibits a three-vertex network with two legal discharges, two passes and no nonsaturating push, so the run hypotheses are satisfiable.

Reusable beyond this mission are the network, preflow, push and relabel definitions and Lemma 3.5, which is about an arbitrary preflow. Contributions welcome: invariants of FIFO runs (preflow, valid labeling, queue = active set, cur within bounds), proofs of the milestones, and the reduction of Corollary 4.4 to Lemma 4.3.

Selected references

  • A. V. Goldberg, R. E. Tarjan, A New Approach to the Maximum-Flow Problem, Journal of the ACM 35(4):921–940, 1988. https://doi.org/10.1145/48014.61051
  • A. V. Karzanov, Determining the maximal flow in a network by the method of preflows, Soviet Math. Doklady 15:434–437, 1974.
  • Y. Shiloach, U. Vishkin, An O(n² log n) parallel max-flow algorithm, Journal of Algorithms 3(2):128–146, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(82)90013-X
  • L. R. Ford, D. R. Fulkerson, Maximal flow through a network, Canadian Journal of Mathematics 8:399–404, 1956. https://doi.org/10.4153/CJM-1956-045-5
  • J. Edmonds, R. M. Karp, Theoretical improvements in algorithmic efficiency for network flow problems, Journal of the ACM 19(2):248–264, 1972. https://doi.org/10.1145/321694.321699
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Graph TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A New Approach to the Maximum-Flow Problem 1: The Generic Push-Relabel Algorithm and Its Operation BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

The maximum-flow problem asks how much of a commodity can be sent from a source to a sink through a network whose edges have capacities. It is a basic model in operations research (transportation, scheduling, bipartite matching) and a standard subroutine in combinatorial optimization.

Classical algorithms, from Ford and Fulkerson (1956) through Edmonds–Karp and Dinic (1970–1972) and Karzanov (1974), increase a feasible flow along augmenting paths or blocking flows. Goldberg and Tarjan, A New Approach to the Maximum-Flow Problem (J. ACM 35(4), 1988, doi:10.1145/48014.61051), replaced this global view by a local one: the push-relabel method maintains a preflow, which may violate conservation at intermediate vertices, and moves excess along edges toward vertices with smaller distance labels. The generic method, with the basic operations applied in any order, is the starting point of the FIFO, highest-label and dynamic-tree implementations analysed later in the same paper, and push-relabel codes remain among the fastest practical maximum-flow solvers.

This mission formalizes §2–§3 of the paper: the generic algorithm is correct, and it stops after a number of basic operations bounded by an explicit polynomial in the numbers of vertices and edges, whatever order of operations is chosen.

Setting

A flow network has a finite vertex set VVV with n=∣V∣n = |V|n=∣V∣, a source sss and a sink t≠st \ne st=s, and a capacity c(v,w)≥0c(v,w) \ge 0c(v,w)≥0 for every ordered pair of vertices, positive exactly on the edges E={(v,w):c(v,w)>0}E = \{(v,w) : c(v,w) > 0\}E={(v,w):c(v,w)>0}; m=∣E∣m = |E|m=∣E∣, and there are no loops, c(v,v)=0c(v,v) = 0c(v,v)=0.

Flows are real functions on all vertex pairs. A function fff satisfies the capacity constraint if f(v,w)≤c(v,w)f(v,w) \le c(v,w)f(v,w)≤c(v,w) and antisymmetry if f(v,w)=−f(w,v)f(v,w) = -f(w,v)f(v,w)=−f(w,v) for all pairs. The excess of vvv is e(v)=∑uf(u,v)e(v) = \sum_{u} f(u,v)e(v)=∑u​f(u,v). A flow also has e(v)=0e(v) = 0e(v)=0 for v∉{s,t}v \notin \{s,t\}v∈/{s,t}; a preflow only e(v)≥0e(v) \ge 0e(v)≥0 for v≠sv \ne sv=s. The value of a flow is ∣f∣=∑vf(v,t)|f| = \sum_v f(v,t)∣f∣=∑v​f(v,t), and a maximum flow is a flow of maximum value.

The residual capacity is rf(v,w)=c(v,w)−f(v,w)r_f(v,w) = c(v,w) - f(v,w)rf​(v,w)=c(v,w)−f(v,w); pairs with rf(v,w)>0r_f(v,w) > 0rf​(v,w)>0 are the edges of the residual graph GfG_fGf​. A valid labeling is d:V→N∪{∞}d : V \to \mathbb{N} \cup \{\infty\}d:V→N∪{∞} with d(s)=nd(s) = nd(s)=n, d(t)=0d(t) = 0d(t)=0 and d(v)≤d(w)+1d(v) \le d(w) + 1d(v)≤d(w)+1 on every residual edge. A vertex vvv is active if v∉{s,t}v \notin \{s,t\}v∈/{s,t}, d(v)<∞d(v) < \inftyd(v)<∞ and e(v)>0e(v) > 0e(v)>0.

The two basic operations (Fig. 1 of the paper) are:

  • Push(v,w)(v,w)(v,w), applicable when vvv is active, rf(v,w)>0r_f(v,w) > 0rf​(v,w)>0 and d(v)=d(w)+1d(v) = d(w)+1d(v)=d(w)+1: send δ=min⁡(e(v),rf(v,w))\delta = \min(e(v), r_f(v,w))δ=min(e(v),rf​(v,w)), i.e. f(v,w)+=δf(v,w) \mathrel{+}= \deltaf(v,w)+=δ, f(w,v)−=δf(w,v) \mathrel{-}= \deltaf(w,v)−=δ. It is saturating if rf(v,w)=0r_f(v,w) = 0rf​(v,w)=0 afterwards and nonsaturating otherwise.
  • Relabel(v)(v)(v), applicable when vvv is active and d(v)≤d(w)d(v) \le d(w)d(v)≤d(w) for every residual edge (v,w)(v,w)(v,w): set d(v)←min⁡{d(w)+1:(v,w)∈Ef}d(v) \leftarrow \min\{d(w)+1 : (v,w) \in E_f\}d(v)←min{d(w)+1:(v,w)∈Ef​} (∞\infty∞ if there is none).

The generic algorithm (Fig. 2) starts from the preflow that saturates every edge leaving sss and is zero elsewhere, with the simple labeling d(s)=nd(s) = nd(s)=n, d(v)=0d(v) = 0d(v)=0 otherwise, and applies applicable basic operations in any order while one exists. An execution with KKK basic operations is a sequence of states (f0,d0),…,(fK,dK)(f_0,d_0),\dots,(f_K,d_K)(f0​,d0​),…,(fK​,dK​) from the initial state, each obtained from the previous one by one applicable operation.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorems 3.11 and 3.4

Assume the paper's standing assumption m≥n−1m \ge n-1m≥n−1. For every execution with KKK basic operations,

K≤(2n−1)(n−2)+2nm+4n2m,K \le (2n-1)(n-2) + 2nm + 4n^2 m,K≤(2n−1)(n−2)+2nm+4n2m,

and if no basic operation applies in the final state, then fKf_KfK​ is a maximum flow. The paper states the bound as O(n2m)O(n^2m)O(n2m) and proves it as "immediate from Lemmas 3.8, 3.9, and 3.10"; the goal states the sum of those three printed bounds. Since every execution is this short, no order of operations runs forever.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them: Lemma 2.1 (at an active vertex a push or a relabel applies); Lemma 3.1 (the labeling stays valid); Theorem 3.2 (Ford–Fulkerson: a flow is maximum iff ttt is unreachable from sss in GfG_fGf​); Lemma 3.3 (under a valid labeling ttt is unreachable from sss); Lemma 3.5 (from any vertex with positive excess, sss is reachable); Lemma 3.6 (labels never decrease; a relabeling increases the label); Lemma 3.7 (d(v)≤2n−1d(v) \le 2n-1d(v)≤2n−1 throughout); Theorem 3.4 (termination with finite labels gives a maximum flow); Lemma 3.8 (≤2n−1\le 2n-1≤2n−1 relabelings per vertex, ≤(2n−1)(n−2)<2n2\le (2n-1)(n-2) < 2n^2≤(2n−1)(n−2)<2n2 in total); Lemma 3.9 (≤2nm\le 2nm≤2nm saturating pushes); Lemma 3.10 (≤4n2m\le 4n^2m≤4n2m nonsaturating pushes, under m≥n−1m \ge n-1m≥n−1). A further, non-milestone item states the unnumbered invariant that every fkf_kfk​ is a preflow.

Significance

The generic bound shows that push-relabel terminates in a polynomial number of steps without any rule for choosing the next operation; the specific orderings of §4–§5 of the paper (first-in first-out, O(n3)O(n^3)O(n3); dynamic trees, O(nmlog⁡(n2/m))O(nm\log(n^2/m))O(nmlog(n2/m))) refine only the count of nonsaturating pushes, and reuse Lemmas 3.1–3.9 unchanged. The correctness argument, a valid labeling excludes augmenting paths, is the template for the push-relabel minimum-cost flow and assignment algorithms that followed.

These results are proved in the paper and are textbook material. Their machine-checked counterparts are, as far as is known here, not on the Prove2Me platform: the platform's network-flow statements (from Introduction to Linear Optimization, e.g. LinearOptimization.max_flow_min_cut) use a different model, with arc-indexed nonnegative flows and extended-real capacities, and contain nothing about preflows, labels or operation counts. This mission produces a formal account of the antisymmetric-flow model, of Ford–Fulkerson in that model, and of the amortized counting arguments, with the constants the paper prints.

Difficulty

The correctness half is short once the invariants are in place; the difficulty is in the counting. The label bound (Lemma 3.7) is a statement about the whole execution, and it depends on a structural fact about preflows (Lemma 3.5) whose truth rests on antisymmetry and on the nonnegativity of excesses. The obvious first idea for the push counts, bounding pushes per edge or per vertex locally, fails for nonsaturating pushes: flow pushed across a pair can be pushed back later, and nothing local limits how often this happens, so Lemma 3.10 holds only as an amortized statement over the entire execution and depends on both earlier counts. Saturating pushes on a pair can also recur, in both directions, and Lemma 3.9 has to control the interaction between the two directions.

Formally, all of this is reasoning about arbitrary interleavings of operations, with labels in N∪{∞}\mathbb{N} \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞} and real-valued flows.

Formalization scope

  • Vertices form a finite type with decidable equality; nnn is its cardinality, s≠ts \ne ts=t, so n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 and the natural-number subtractions 2n−12n-12n−1 and n−2n-2n−2 are exact. Capacities are a real function on all pairs, nonnegative, zero on the diagonal; EEE is its support and mmm its cardinality.
  • Flows and preflows are antisymmetric real functions on all pairs (not nonnegative arc flows); the excess is computed from fff, never stored. A maximum flow is a flow whose value is at least that of every flow.
  • Labels live in ℕ∞, with ∞+1=∞\infty + 1 = \infty∞+1=∞; the relabel value is an infimum, which is ∞\infty∞ on the empty set.
  • An execution is a sequence of states σ : ℕ → State V with a length KKK, starting at the Fig. 2 state with the simple labeling (the paper's own assumption for its proofs), each step an applicable push or relabel. "Terminates" means that no basic operation applies, the loop guard of Fig. 2. The three counts are cardinalities of the sets of step indices of each kind.
  • Explicit constants: 2n−12n-12n−1 per-vertex relabelings, (2n−1)(n−2)<2n2(2n-1)(n-2) < 2n^2(2n−1)(n−2)<2n2 total relabelings, 2nm2nm2nm saturating pushes, 4n2m4n^2m4n2m nonsaturating pushes, label bound 2n−12n-12n−1, and the total (2n−1)(n−2)+2nm+4n2m(2n-1)(n-2)+2nm+4n^2m(2n−1)(n−2)+2nm+4n2m. The standing assumption m≥n−1m \ge n-1m≥n−1 appears only on Lemma 3.10 and the goal.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the step relation fixes the pushed amount δ=min⁡(e(v),rf(v,w))\delta = \min(e(v), r_f(v,w))δ=min(e(v),rf​(v,w)) and the new label exactly as in Fig. 1, termination is the loop guard rather than "the result is a flow", and a sorry-free check exhibits a concrete network s→a→ts \to a \to ts→a→t with a two-step execution (relabel aaa, then push (a,t)(a,t)(a,t)), so the run hypotheses are satisfiable.

Welcome contributions: proofs of the invariants (preflow, valid labeling, label monotonicity), of Ford–Fulkerson for antisymmetric flows (reusable beyond this mission), and of the counting lemmas. The FIFO bound of §4 is the subject of a companion mission.

Selected references

  • A. V. Goldberg, R. E. Tarjan, A New Approach to the Maximum-Flow Problem, Journal of the ACM 35(4):921–940, 1988. doi:10.1145/48014.61051
  • L. R. Ford, D. R. Fulkerson, Flows in Networks, Princeton University Press, 1962.
  • J. Edmonds, R. M. Karp, Theoretical improvements in algorithmic efficiency for network flow problems, Journal of the ACM 19(2):248–264, 1972. doi:10.1145/321694.321699
  • R. K. Ahuja, T. L. Magnanti, J. B. Orlin, Network Flows: Theory, Algorithms, and Applications, Prentice Hall, 1993.
17 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Competitive Paging Algorithms III: No Randomized Paging Algorithm Is Better than H_k-CompetitiveResearch Paper

Motivation

Paging is the problem of managing a two-level memory: a cache holds kkk of the nnn pages a program uses, every request must find its page in the cache, and a request to a page outside the cache (a page fault) forces the algorithm to bring the page in and evict another. An on-line algorithm chooses what to evict without seeing future requests. Sleator and Tarjan (CACM 1985) measured on-line paging algorithms against the optimal off-line algorithm, which knows the whole request sequence, and showed that no deterministic on-line algorithm can be within a factor smaller than kkk of it.

Randomization changes that picture. Fiat, Karp, Luby, McGeoch, Sleator and Young (J. Algorithms 1991; arXiv:cs/0205038) gave a randomized algorithm, the marking algorithm, whose expected number of faults is within 2Hk2H_k2Hk​ of the optimum, where Hk=1+12+⋯+1k≈ln⁡kH_k = 1 + \tfrac12 + \dots + \tfrac1k \approx \ln kHk​=1+21​+⋯+k1​≈lnk. This mission formalizes the other half of their paper's picture: no randomized paging algorithm can do better than HkH_kHk​. The bound says that the logarithmic behaviour is not an artefact of one algorithm but a property of the problem.

Timeline:

  • 1985 — Sleator and Tarjan: deterministic paging algorithms have competitive factor at least kkk; LRU and FIFO achieve kkk.
  • 1988 — Karlin, Manasse, Rudolph and Sleator (Algorithmica 3, 1988) introduce the term competitive; Manasse, McGeoch and Sleator (STOC 1988; J. Algorithms 1990) extend it to randomized algorithms and pose the kkk-server problem, of which paging is the uniform-metric case.
  • 1991 — Fiat et al.: the marking algorithm is 2Hk2H_k2Hk​-competitive, and no randomized algorithm is better than HkH_kHk​-competitive (Theorem 4 and Corollary 5 of the paper). Raghavan gave an alternative proof of the lower bound through Yao's minimax principle.
  • 1991 — McGeoch and Sleator give an HkH_kHk​-competitive randomized paging algorithm (Algorithmica 6, 1991), so the lower bound is tight.

Setting

Let MMM be a set of nnn vertices with the uniform metric: any two distinct vertices are at distance 111. A configuration of kkk servers is a map C:{1,…,k}→MC : \{1,\dots,k\} \to MC:{1,…,k}→M; server sss sits at C(s)C(s)C(s), and a vertex is covered when some server sits on it. A request sequence σ\sigmaσ is a finite list of vertices. A deterministic on-line algorithm assigns to every prefix of requests the configuration after serving it, in such a way that the vertex just requested is covered; its cost on σ\sigmaσ is the total distance travelled by its servers, which on the uniform metric is the number of server moves. Paging with kkk cache slots and nnn pages is exactly this kkk-server problem on nnn uniform vertices.

The optimal off-line cost OPTC0(σ)\mathrm{OPT}_{C_0}(\sigma)OPTC0​​(σ) is the least cost of any schedule of configurations that starts at C0C_0C0​ and covers each request of σ\sigmaσ in turn.

A randomized on-line algorithm AAA is a probability space (Ω,μ)(\Omega,\mu)(Ω,μ) of coin outcomes together with a deterministic on-line algorithm AωA_\omegaAω​ for each outcome ω\omegaω. Its expected cost CA(σ)C_A(\sigma)CA​(σ) is the average of the cost of AωA_\omegaAω​ on σ\sigmaσ over ω\omegaω. The request sequence is fixed in advance and does not depend on the coins (an oblivious adversary). Following the paper, AAA is ccc-competitive from the initial configuration C0C_0C0​ if there is a constant aaa such that

CA(σ)  ≤  c⋅OPTC0(σ)+afor every request sequence σ.C_A(\sigma) \;\le\; c \cdot \mathrm{OPT}_{C_0}(\sigma) + a \qquad \text{for every request sequence } \sigma .CA​(σ)≤c⋅OPTC0​​(σ)+afor every request sequence σ.

For the lower-bound argument, the probability vector p=(pi)i∈Mp=(p_i)_{i\in M}p=(pi​)i∈M​ after a prefix σ\sigmaσ has pip_ipi​ equal to the probability, over ω\omegaω, that vertex iii is not covered by AωA_\omegaAω​ after serving σ\sigmaσ. A set SSS of marked vertices and the number u=n−∣S∣u = n - |S|u=n−∣S∣ of unmarked vertices are bookkeeping of the adversary, updated as the marking algorithm would update them.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 5

For 1≤k≤n−11 \le k \le n-11≤k≤n−1, every randomized on-line algorithm AAA with kkk servers on nnn uniform vertices, every initial configuration C0C_0C0​ and every real ccc,

c<Hk  ⟹  A is not c-competitive from C0.c < H_k \;\Longrightarrow\; A \text{ is not } c\text{-competitive from } C_0 .c<Hk​⟹A is not c-competitive from C0​.

Theorem 4 (milestone)

The case k=n−1k = n-1k=n−1: no randomized algorithm for the uniform (n−1)(n-1)(n−1)-server problem on nnn vertices is ccc-competitive with c<Hn−1c < H_{n-1}c<Hn−1​.

Claims of the proof of Theorem 4 (milestones)

With ppp the probability vector, SSS the marked set, P=∑i∈SpiP = \sum_{i\in S} p_iP=∑i∈S​pi​ and u=n−∣S∣u = n - |S|u=n−∣S∣:

∑ipi=1(servers on distinct vertices),CA(σ i)≥CA(σ)+pi,\sum_i p_i = 1 \quad(\text{servers on distinct vertices}),\qquad C_A(\sigma\,i) \ge C_A(\sigma) + p_i,i∑​pi​=1(servers on distinct vertices),CA​(σi)≥CA​(σ)+pi​, P=0⇒∃ i∉S, pi≥1u,P>ϵ>0⇒max⁡j∈Spj≥ϵ∣S∣>0,P = 0 \Rightarrow \exists\, i\notin S,\ p_i \ge \tfrac1u, \qquad P > \epsilon > 0 \Rightarrow \max_{j\in S} p_j \ge \tfrac{\epsilon}{|S|} > 0,P=0⇒∃i∈/S, pi​≥u1​,P>ϵ>0⇒j∈Smax​pj​≥∣S∣ϵ​>0, pj=max⁡j′∉Spj′⇒pj≥1−Pu,P≤ϵ⇒ϵ+pj≥ϵ+1−Pu≥ϵ+1−ϵu≥1u.p_j = \max_{j'\notin S} p_{j'} \Rightarrow p_j \ge \tfrac{1-P}{u}, \qquad P \le \epsilon \Rightarrow \epsilon + p_j \ge \epsilon + \tfrac{1-P}{u} \ge \epsilon + \tfrac{1-\epsilon}{u} \ge \tfrac1u .pj​=j′∈/Smax​pj′​⇒pj​≥u1−P​,P≤ϵ⇒ϵ+pj​≥ϵ+u1−P​≥ϵ+u1−ϵ​≥u1​.

Significance

The result. Together with the marking algorithm's 2Hk2H_k2Hk​ upper bound, the corollary pins the randomized competitive ratio of paging to Θ(log⁡k)\Theta(\log k)Θ(logk), an exponential improvement over the deterministic ratio kkk that no randomized algorithm can push below HkH_kHk​. For k=n−1k = n-1k=n−1 the marking algorithm itself is Hn−1H_{n-1}Hn−1​-competitive, so Theorem 4 makes it optimal there. The HkH_kHk​ bound is the benchmark every later randomized paging algorithm is measured against, including the HkH_kHk​-competitive algorithm of McGeoch and Sleator, and it is the uniform-metric base case of the randomized kkk-server conjecture.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved and classical; no machine-checked proof is known to exist. The platform already has the deterministic bound (KServer.uniform_not_competitive_below_k, ratio kkk) and a formal Yao averaging principle for randomized kkk-server algorithms (KServer.randomized_yao_averaging), but no randomized paging lower bound. This mission produces the first formal HkH_kHk​ lower bound, stated against the published randomized kkk-server model, and a formal version of the paper's adversary argument. Either route — the paper's adaptive construction of a nemesis sequence from the probability vector, or Raghavan's distributional argument through Yao's principle — is welcome.

Difficulty

The adversary may not look at the coins, yet it must build one fixed sequence against which the expected cost is high in every phase. Requesting an uncovered vertex is not available, since which vertex is uncovered depends on the coins; requesting the vertex with the largest uncovered probability gives only 1/n1/n1/n per request and loses the harmonic sum. Lifting the per-phase bound to the asymptotic statement also requires handling the additive constant aaa, the initial configuration of the off-line algorithm, and, for Corollary 5, the reduction from nnn vertices to k+1k+1k+1 of them for an algorithm that may still place servers on the others.

Formalization scope

The Lean development reuses the published definitions KServer_model (configurations Fin k → M, deterministic on-line algorithms as functions of the request prefix, offlineCost) and KServer_randomized (RandomizedAlgorithm: a probability measure on coin outcomes, a deterministic algorithm per outcome, measurable costs; expCost as a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; IsCompetitiveFrom C₀ c: every drawn algorithm starts at C0C_0C0​ and there is one constant aaa, fixed before the sequence, with expCost σ ≤ ENNReal.ofReal (c * offlineCost C₀ σ + a)). The clamp at 000 in ENNReal.ofReal only weakens the property the goal refutes. The vertex set is an abstract type MMM with an equivalence Fin n ≃ M and the uniform metric as a hypothesis, never the line metric of Fin n. HkH_kHk​ is Mathlib's harmonic k cast to R\mathbb RR. The goal quantifies over every algorithm and every initial configuration, with no laziness or distinct-positions assumption, and over every real c<Hkc < H_kc<Hk​, including c≤0c \le 0c≤0.

A formalization in which competitiveness is vacuous (a model with no algorithms, or a cost that is always infinite), in which the adversary may choose the sequence after seeing the coins, or which fixes ccc or the additive constant, would be a different statement and is ruled out by the published definitions used here.

The probability vector is the one new definition, uncoveredProb A σ i. Milestones about it assume the uncovered events measurable, the standing convention that pip_ipi​ is a probability; the model itself only guarantees measurable costs. The milestone ∑ipi=1\sum_i p_i = 1∑i​pi​=1 assumes the n−1n-1n−1 servers occupy distinct vertices, as in the paper; in general ∑ipi≥1\sum_i p_i \ge 1∑i​pi​≥1. The arithmetic milestones are stated for an arbitrary probability vector on a finite set. Reusable pieces: the probability vector and the cost lemma apply to any randomized kkk-server algorithm on a uniform metric, and a restriction lemma (from nnn vertices to k+1k+1k+1) would serve other paging lower bounds.

Selected references

  • A. Fiat, R. M. Karp, M. Luby, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, N. E. Young, Competitive Paging Algorithms, J. Algorithms 12(4):685–699, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(91)90041-V ; preprint arXiv:cs/0205038v1 (cited version). https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0205038
  • D. D. Sleator, R. E. Tarjan, Amortized Efficiency of List Update and Paging Rules, Comm. ACM 28(2):202–208, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1145/2786.2793
  • M. S. Manasse, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, Competitive Algorithms for Server Problems, J. Algorithms 11(2):208–230, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(90)90003-W
  • L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, A Strongly Competitive Randomized Paging Algorithm, Algorithmica 6:816–825, 1991.
  • P. Raghavan, Lecture Notes on Randomized Algorithms, IBM Research Report, Yorktown Heights, 1990 (the alternative proof of the lower bound, pp. 118–119).
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Competitive Paging Algorithms II: Algorithm EATR Is 3/2-Competitive for Two ServersResearch Paper

Motivation

Paging is the problem of managing a two-level memory: a fast cache holding kkk pages and a slow memory holding the rest. When a requested page is not in the cache (a page fault), it must be brought in and, if the cache is full, some page must be evicted. An on-line paging algorithm decides which page to evict without knowing future requests. Sleator and Tarjan (CACM 1985) compared on-line algorithms with the optimal off-line algorithm on every request sequence and showed that the best deterministic algorithms (LRU, FIFO) lose a factor of exactly kkk, and that no deterministic on-line algorithm does better.

Randomization changes this picture. Fiat, Karp, Luby, McGeoch, Sleator and Young (J. Algorithms 1991; arXiv:cs/0205038) showed that the randomized marking algorithm is 2Hk2H_k2Hk​-competitive, where Hk=1+12+⋯+1kH_k=1+\tfrac12+\dots+\tfrac1kHk​=1+21​+⋯+k1​, and that no randomized algorithm is better than HkH_kHk​-competitive. For k<n−1k<n-1k<n−1 the marking algorithm does not reach HkH_kHk​, already for k=2k=2k=2 and n=4n=4n=4. For two servers the same paper gives a different algorithm, EATR ("end after twice requested"), and proves it 3/23/23/2-competitive. Since H2=3/2H_2=3/2H2​=3/2, EATR is strongly competitive for k=2k=2k=2: no randomized algorithm has a smaller competitive factor. This mission formalizes that result.

Timeline:

  • 1985: Sleator and Tarjan, deterministic paging: factor kkk, and kkk is optimal.
  • 1988: Karlin, Manasse, Rudolph and Sleator introduce the term competitive (Algorithmica 3:79–119); Manasse, McGeoch and Sleator formulate the kkk-server problem and extend competitiveness to randomized algorithms (J. Algorithms 1990).
  • 1991: Fiat et al.: the marking algorithm is 2Hk2H_k2Hk​-competitive, the lower bound HkH_kHk​, and EATR is 3/23/23/2-competitive for k=2k=2k=2.
  • 1991: McGeoch and Sleator give an HkH_kHk​-competitive algorithm for every kkk (Algorithmica 6, 1991; reference [12] of the paper).

Setting

The uniform 222-server problem has a finite set MMM of n≥2n\ge 2n≥2 vertices, any two distinct vertices at distance 111, and two servers. A request sequence σ=σ(0),σ(1),…\sigma=\sigma(0),\sigma(1),\dotsσ=σ(0),σ(1),… is a list of vertices; each request must be covered by a server when it is served, and the cost is the number of server moves. This is paging with a cache of two pages: vertices are pages and the covered vertices are the cache.

A deterministic algorithm BBB has a cost CB(σ)C_B(\sigma)CB​(σ); a randomized algorithm AAA has an expected cost CA(σ)C_A(\sigma)CA​(σ), averaged over its random choices. AAA is ccc-competitive if there is a constant aaa such that for every request sequence σ\sigmaσ and every deterministic algorithm BBB (on-line or off-line),

CA(σ)≤c⋅CB(σ)+a.C_A(\sigma)\le c\cdot C_B(\sigma)+a.CA​(σ)≤c⋅CB​(σ)+a.

Algorithm EATR. The servers start on the vertices 111 and 222. The algorithm divides σ\sigmaσ into phases; the first phase starts at the first request to a vertex other than 111 and 222. Let PPP be the set of vertices occupied by the servers at the end of the previous phase ({1,2}\{1,2\}{1,2} before the first phase). During a phase, a vertex is clean if it is not in PPP and has not been requested during this phase; a vertex is stale if it is neither clean nor the most recently requested vertex ℓ\ellℓ. EATR keeps one server on ℓ\ellℓ and the other uniformly at random on the stale set. When a stale vertex rrr is requested, the servers are placed on ℓ\ellℓ and rrr and the phase ends; the next phase starts at the next request to a vertex not covered by a server. Requests between phases, and repeated requests to ℓ\ellℓ, move nothing.

For a phase, lll denotes the number of clean vertices requested in it. For a deterministic algorithm AAA, ddd and d′d'd′ denote the numbers of AAA's servers that do not coincide with any of EATR's servers at the beginning and at the end of the phase. An algorithm is lazy if it moves no server on a request to a covered vertex and exactly one server on a request to an uncovered one.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

With OPT(σ)\mathrm{OPT}(\sigma)OPT(σ) the optimal off-line cost of serving σ\sigmaσ from the servers' starting position (1,2)(1,2)(1,2), there is a constant ccc such that for all σ\sigmaσ

CEATR(σ)≤32 OPT(σ)+c.C_{\mathrm{EATR}}(\sigma)\le \tfrac32\,\mathrm{OPT}(\sigma)+c.CEATR​(σ)≤23​OPT(σ)+c.

The constant ccc is left free; the factor 3/23/23/2 is the paper's and is optimal.

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. Laziness (p. 4): every deterministic algorithm is dominated by a lazy one (a published theorem, reused).
  2. Adversary bound for structured phases (p. 5): in a complete EATR phase with lll clean requests, a lazy AAA pays at least l−d+d′l-d+d'l−d+d′.
  3. Stale set before the terminating request (p. 6): it has l+1l+1l+1 elements, each covered with probability 1/(l+1)1/(l+1)1/(l+1).
  4. Expected cost of a phase to EATR (p. 6): exactly l+ll+1l+\frac{l}{l+1}l+l+1l​.
  5. Per-phase ratio (p. 6): EATR's expected phase cost is at most 32(CA+d−d′)\tfrac32(C_A+d-d')23​(CA​+d−d′), since l+l/(l+1)l=1+1l+1≤32\frac{l+l/(l+1)}{l}=1+\frac{1}{l+1}\le\frac32ll+l/(l+1)​=1+l+11​≤23​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 settles the randomized competitive ratio of paging with two cache slots: combined with the paper's lower bound HkH_kHk​ (Corollary 5, the subject of a companion mission), the optimal factor for k=2k=2k=2 is exactly 3/23/23/2, against 222 for every deterministic algorithm. The general case was settled later by McGeoch and Sleator's HkH_kHk​-competitive partitioning algorithm, which is considerably more complicated.

Formalizing it. The result has been proved since 1991; no machine-checked proof of it is on the platform (a search for EATR, randomized paging and two-server results on 2026-09-26 found only deterministic kkk-server theorems). The mission produces a formal model of a randomized on-line algorithm as a probability distribution over states evolving with the request sequence, a formal treatment of the phase decomposition and of the telescoping amortization that relates expected on-line cost to the optimal off-line cost, and a first strongly competitive randomized paging result on the platform, alongside the deterministic kkk-server results already there.

Difficulty

The per-phase computations are short. The main difficulty is the global accounting. The adversary's cost in a phase is bounded only in amortized form, l−d+d′l-d+d'l−d+d′, where ddd and d′d'd′ compare the adversary's servers with EATR's at the phase boundaries; the bound becomes a statement about OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT only after the ddd and d′d'd′ terms telescope across phases. This needs care with the requests that lie outside every phase (before the first phase, between phases, and in an unfinished last phase), during which the adversary may move. A further difficulty is that the off-line optimum ranges over arbitrary schedules, which may move several servers on one request, while the phase bound is proved for lazy on-line algorithms: the reduction from one to the other must be made explicit. Finally, the uniform law of the stale server is an invariant of a Markov chain on states that must be tracked through the whole phase.

Formalization scope

The vertices are an abstract metric space MMM with an enumeration e:Fin n≃Me:\mathrm{Fin}\,n\simeq Me:Finn≃M, 2≤n2\le n2≤n, and the hypothesis that distinct points are at distance 111; the metric of Fin n\mathrm{Fin}\,nFinn is not used. The starting vertices 1,21,21,2 are e(0),e(1)e(0),e(1)e(0),e(1). OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT is KServer.offlineCost of the published KServer model: the infimum of total movement over all schedules serving σ\sigmaσ from (e(0),e(1))(e(0),e(1))(e(0),e(1)). Comparing with this infimum covers every deterministic BBB starting from EATR's position; a BBB starting elsewhere differs by at most 222, which the constant absorbs. The constant is quantified before σ\sigmaσ.

EATR is a PMF over states: a deterministic record (the set PPP, whether a phase is in progress, the last requested vertex, the vertices requested in the phase) and the random position of the second server. Its expected cost is the expected number of server moves, summed over the requests. The paper fixes only that the second server is uniform on the stale set; when a clean request enlarges the stale set, the formalization moves one server by a fixed coupling that keeps the law uniform, and this choice is stated in the definition. A formalization that defines EATR's expected cost by the closed formula of the proof, or that restricts σ\sigmaσ to complete phases, would make the goal a different statement; neither is done here. The pre-phase prefix and an unfinished last phase belong to σ\sigmaσ and are covered by the constant.

Needed infrastructure: finite probability distributions (Mathlib's PMF), the published KServer model and its laziness theorem, and bookkeeping lemmas on the deterministic phase record. The phase record and the amortization argument are reusable for the marking algorithm of the companion mission. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative decompositions of the goal, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Fiat, R. M. Karp, M. Luby, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, N. E. Young, Competitive Paging Algorithms, Journal of Algorithms 12(4):685–699, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(91)90041-V ; arXiv:cs/0205038v1, https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0205038
  • D. D. Sleator, R. E. Tarjan, Amortized Efficiency of List Update and Paging Rules, Communications of the ACM 28(2):202–208, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1145/2786.2793
  • M. S. Manasse, L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, Competitive Algorithms for Server Problems, Journal of Algorithms 11(2):208–230, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(90)90003-W
  • L. A. McGeoch, D. D. Sleator, A Strongly Competitive Randomized Paging Algorithm, Algorithmica 6:816–825, 1991 (reference [12] of the paper).
  • A. R. Karlin, M. S. Manasse, L. Rudolph, D. D. Sleator, Competitive Snoopy Caching, Algorithmica 3(1):79–119, 1988 (reference [9] of the paper).
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsComplexity TheoryOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

A Threshold of ln n for Approximating Set Cover II: The Inapproximability of Max k-CoverResearch Paper

Motivation

Max kkk-cover is the basic coverage problem of combinatorial optimization. The input is a collection of subsets of a finite ground set and a number kkk; the task is to choose kkk subsets that together cover as many points as possible. It models facility and sensor placement, the selection of a small committee or feature set representing a population, and budgeted versions of set cover. It is also the prototype of maximizing a monotone submodular function under a cardinality constraint.

The greedy algorithm covers at least a 1−1/e≈0.6321-1/e\approx 0.6321−1/e≈0.632 fraction of the optimum. This bound goes back to Hochbaum and Pathria and, for general submodular functions, to Nemhauser, Wolsey and Fisher (1978). For two decades it was not known whether a polynomial-time algorithm could do better. Uriel Feige answered the question in A Threshold of ln n for Approximating Set Cover (J. ACM 45(4), 1998, pp. 634–652, doi:10.1145/285055.285059), Section 5. His Theorem 5.3 (p. 648) states: "For any ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0, max kkk-cover cannot be approximated in polynomial time within a ratio of (1−1/e+ϵ)(1 - 1/e + \epsilon)(1−1/e+ϵ), unless P=NPP = NPP=NP." Together with the greedy bound, it makes 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e the exact approximation threshold of max kkk-cover.

Timeline:

  • 1978: Nemhauser, Wolsey and Fisher prove the greedy 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e bound for monotone submodular maximization.
  • 1992: Arora, Lund, Motwani, Sudan and Szegedy prove the PCP theorem. With Papadimitriou–Yannakakis (1991) it gives Theorem 2.1.1 of the paper: MAX 3SAT-B has a constant gap unless P = NP.
  • 1994: Lund and Yannakakis introduce partition-system reductions from multi-prover proof systems to set cover.
  • 1995: Raz proves the parallel repetition theorem (Theorem 2.2.2 of the paper).
  • 1998: Feige proves the ln n threshold for set cover (the subject of mission I of this series) and the 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e threshold for max kkk-cover.

Setting

An instance consists of nnn points {0,…,n−1}\{0,\dots,n-1\}{0,…,n−1}, a list of subsets S1,…,SsS_1,\dots,S_sS1​,…,Ss​ of the points, and a number kkk. Its value opt\mathrm{opt}opt is the largest number of points covered by at most kkk of the sets. Instances are written over a three-letter alphabet:

  • nnn in unary;
  • each set as its characteristic bit-vector;
  • kkk in unary.

Following p. 648, a polynomial-time algorithm approximates max kkk-cover within a ratio δ\deltaδ if on every input it outputs a number vvv with

δ⋅opt≤v≤opt.\delta\cdot\mathrm{opt}\le v\le\mathrm{opt}.δ⋅opt≤v≤opt.

The algorithm need not name the sets. This is the non-constructive notion of approximation.

The proof is a reduction from the MAX 3SAT-5 problem. A 3CNF-5 formula has exactly three literals per clause, over three distinct variables, and every variable occurs in exactly five clauses. The reduction goes through a kkk-prover proof system for such a formula φ\varphiφ with MMM clauses:

  • The verifier picks ℓ\ellℓ clauses at random, and a distinguished variable in each; there are R=(3M)ℓR=(3M)^\ellR=(3M)ℓ random strings rrr.
  • Each prover PiP_iPi​ is attached to a code word of length ℓ\ellℓ and weight ℓ/2\ell/2ℓ/2; distinct words are at Hamming distance at least ℓ/3\ell/3ℓ/3.
  • On coordinate jjj, prover PiP_iPi​ receives the clause if its bit is 1, and the distinguished variable if its bit is 0.
  • Answers are satisfying assignments of the received clauses and bits for the received variables.
  • Two provers are consistent if they assign the same values to the distinguished variables. The verifier weakly accepts if some pair of distinct provers is consistent, and strongly accepts if every pair is.

The max k′k'k′-cover instance of §5 attaches to every random string rrr a copy BrB_rBr​ of the explicit partition system. Its points are the vectors in {0,…,k−1}L\{0,\dots,k-1\}^L{0,…,k−1}L with L=2ℓL=2^\ellL=2ℓ, so m=kLm=k^Lm=kL. Its LLL partitions are labelled by the ℓ\ellℓ-bit strings, and each splits the points by the value of one coordinate. There are N=mRN=mRN=mR points in all. For each prover iii, question qqq and answer aaa, the set S(q,a,i)S_{(q,a,i)}S(q,a,i)​ collects, for every rrr on which PiP_iPi​ receives qqq, the iiith part of the partition of BrB_rBr​ labelled by the values that aaa gives to the distinguished variables of rrr. The budget is k′=kQk'=kQk′=kQ, where QQQ is the number of questions a single prover can receive.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.3

∀ε>0:max k-cover is approximable within 1−1e+ε ⟹ P=NP,\forall\varepsilon>0:\quad \text{max } k\text{-cover is approximable within } 1-\tfrac1e+\varepsilon \ \Longrightarrow\ \mathrm{P}=\mathrm{NP},∀ε>0:max k-cover is approximable within 1−e1​+ε ⟹ P=NP,

conditional on the two cited results below. The ratio is left free (any ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0), so the goal records the shape of the threshold and not a particular constant.

Milestones

  • Proposition 2.1.2 (p. 640): for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 it is NP-hard to distinguish satisfiable 3CNF-5 formulas from those in which at most a (1−ε)(1-\varepsilon)(1−ε)-fraction of the clauses can be satisfied simultaneously.
  • Lemma 2.3.1 (p. 643): a satisfiable φ\varphiφ admits a strategy that always strongly accepts; on a far-from-satisfiable φ\varphiφ the weak acceptance probability is at most k2 2−cℓk^2\,2^{-c\ell}k22−cℓ.
  • Coverage of the explicit partition system (p. 649): jjj subsets from pairwise different partitions cover exactly (1−(1−1/k)j)m(1-(1-1/k)^j)m(1−(1−1/k)j)m points.
  • Proposition 5.4 (p. 649): if at most kQkQkQ sets cover a (1−1/e+ε)(1-1/e+\varepsilon)(1−1/e+ε)-fraction of the points, then at least an ε/3\varepsilon/3ε/3-fraction of the random strings are good. Here rrr is good if wr≤3k/εw_r\le3k/\varepsilonwr​≤3k/ε sets meet BrB_rBr​ and two of them from different provers lie in the same partition.
  • Decoding (p. 649): such a covering yields a strategy that weakly accepts with probability at least (ε/3)(ε/3k)2(\varepsilon/3)(\varepsilon/3k)^2(ε/3)(ε/3k)2.
  • Gap (p. 649): a satisfiable formula gives a cover of all NNN points by kQkQkQ sets. If at most a (1−ε′)(1-\varepsilon')(1−ε′)-fraction of the clauses are satisfiable, kQkQkQ sets cover at most (1−1/e+g(k))N(1-1/e+g(k))N(1−1/e+g(k))N points, where g(k)→0g(k)\to0g(k)→0, for all large ℓ\ellℓ.
  • Proposition 5.1 (p. 647): every greedy run covers at least (1−1/e) opt(1-1/e)\,\mathrm{opt}(1−1/e)opt points.

Significance

The result closes the approximability of max kkk-cover: the greedy algorithm cannot be beaten by any constant unless P = NP. Consequences:

  • Submodular maximization. Coverage functions are monotone submodular, so the bound transfers to monotone submodular maximization under a cardinality constraint, whenever the function is given in a form that encodes a coverage instance.
  • Other problems. Hardness results for facility location, budgeted allocation, and welfare maximization with coverage valuations reduce from it.
  • The reduction itself. The ℓ\ellℓ-fold kkk-prover system combined with a partition system that is exactly countable is the template for later 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e hardness proofs.

Status: the theorem has been proved since 1998. It has not been formalized; neither the reduction nor the underlying proof systems exist in Mathlib or on this platform. This mission produces:

  • a machine-checked reduction from MAX 3SAT-5 to max kkk-cover;
  • an exact counting lemma for product partition systems;
  • the averaging and concavity argument of Proposition 5.4;
  • a formal statement of the greedy bound for coverage.

The cited PCP-based gap (Theorem 2.1.1) and parallel repetition (Theorem 2.2.2) remain hypotheses. They are separate, much larger formalization projects.

Difficulty

The obvious argument uses the soundness of the proof system directly: a large cover should force consistent answers. It fails because a cover may spend many sets on a few random strings and cover them completely, while covering the rest partially without any two sets from the same partition. What saves the argument is exact counting. For sets from pairwise different partitions, coverage is exactly h(j)=(1−(1−1/k)j)mh(j)=(1-(1-1/k)^j)mh(j)=(1−(1−1/k)j)m, a concave function of the number jjj of sets used. Since the sets meet a random string kkk times on average, Jensen's inequality caps the total coverage of such "unstructured" strings at about (1−(1−1/k)k)(1-(1-1/k)^k)(1−(1−1/k)k), which tends to 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e. A further obstacle is that the reduction must run in polynomial time. The paper therefore takes ℓ\ellℓ and kkk constant (unlike the set-cover reduction, where ℓ=Θ(log⁡log⁡n)\ell=\Theta(\log\log n)ℓ=Θ(loglogn)), and the soundness bound k22−cℓk^2 2^{-c\ell}k22−cℓ must beat (ε/3)(ε/3k)2(\varepsilon/3)(\varepsilon/3k)^2(ε/3)(ε/3k)2 at a constant ℓ\ellℓ. The quantifier order (kkk large first, then ℓ\ellℓ large) is part of the difficulty.

A second obstacle is the machine model. The goal is a statement about polynomial-time Turing machines, so the reduction and the decision procedure built from a hypothetical approximation algorithm must be compiled into Cook's one-tape machines.

Formalization scope

  • Machine model. CookPvsNP_defs (a published platform definition): one-tape Turing machines, P\mathrm{P}P, NP\mathrm{NP}NP, polynomial-time computable functions, CNF formulas and their encoding. "P = NP" is P Bool = NP Bool, the form in which CookPvsNP.P_ne_NP states the open problem.
  • Cited results as hypotheses. Theorem 2.1.1 enters as Thm211. Raz's theorem enters as RazRepetition, its consequence stated on p. 642: the ℓ\ellℓ-fold clause–variable game on a far-from-satisfiable 3CNF-5 formula has acceptance probability at most 2−cℓ2^{-c\ell}2−cℓ. This is weaker than Raz's general theorem, so the conditional statement is stronger. No hypothesis about max kkk-cover is assumed.
  • Approximation. The value form above, with no size threshold. For ε>1/e\varepsilon>1/eε>1/e the ratio exceeds one and the hypothesis is unsatisfiable on any instance with opt>0\mathrm{opt}>0opt>0; those values are vacuous, as in the paper.
  • opt\mathrm{opt}opt. Taken over at most kkk sets. This agrees with the paper's "exactly kkk" whenever k≤sk\le sk≤s.
  • Probability and counting. Probabilities are uniform counts over the (3M)ℓ(3M)^\ell(3M)ℓ random strings. Fractions in lower-bound statements are written as counts compared with multiples of RRR.
  • Canonical answers. The type of answers is restricted to satisfying assignments of the received clauses, following the paper's "without loss of generality" (p. 643). All indices are 0-based.
  • Partition system. The §4 construction is defined for any partition system with ℓ\ellℓ-bit partition labels and instantiated with the explicit product system. Its L=2ℓL=2^\ellL=2ℓ coordinates are the ℓ\ellℓ-bit strings themselves.
  • Not formalized. The running time of the greedy algorithm, and the constructive variant (Proposition 5.2), which belongs to the set-cover mission.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: every cited input is a named, satisfiable proposition about 3CNF formulas or the two-prover game, never about max kkk-cover, and the approximation hypothesis is satisfiable for ratios up to 111.

Needed infrastructure, reusable beyond this mission:

  • composition and simulation lemmas for Cook's machines;
  • the uniformity of the verifier's questions on 3CNF-5 formulas;
  • concavity of j↦1−(1−1/k)jj\mapsto 1-(1-1/k)^jj↦1−(1−1/k)j;
  • (1−1/k)k→1/e(1-1/k)^k\to 1/e(1−1/k)k→1/e bounds.

Contributions to any of these, or to either cited theorem, are welcome.

Selected references

  • U. Feige, A threshold of ln n for approximating set cover, J. ACM 45(4) (1998) 634–652. https://doi.org/10.1145/285055.285059
  • R. Raz, A parallel repetition theorem, SIAM J. Comput. 27(3) (1998) 763–803 (STOC 1995). https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539795280895
  • S. Arora, C. Lund, R. Motwani, M. Sudan, M. Szegedy, Proof verification and the hardness of approximation problems, J. ACM 45(3) (1998) 501–555. https://doi.org/10.1145/278298.278306
  • C. Papadimitriou, M. Yannakakis, Optimization, approximation, and complexity classes, J. Comput. System Sci. 43(3) (1991) 425–440. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0000(91)90023-X
  • C. Lund, M. Yannakakis, On the hardness of approximating minimization problems, J. ACM 41(5) (1994) 960–981. https://doi.org/10.1145/185675.306789
  • G. L. Nemhauser, L. A. Wolsey, M. L. Fisher, An analysis of approximations for maximizing submodular set functions—I, Math. Programming 14 (1978) 265–294. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01588971
  • S. Cook, The P versus NP problem, Clay Mathematics Institute. https://www.claymath.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/pvsnp.pdf
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsComplexity TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Threshold of ln n for Approximating Set Cover I: The ln n Inapproximability of Set CoverResearch Paper

Motivation

Set cover is the problem of covering a finite ground set with as few members of a given family of subsets as possible. It models facility location, crew scheduling, test-suite minimization and many other selection problems in operations research, and it is one of the canonical NP-hard problems. The greedy algorithm, which repeatedly picks the subset covering the most uncovered points, finds a cover at most about ln⁡n\ln nlnn times larger than the optimum on an instance with nnn points (Johnson 1974; Lovász 1975; Chvátal 1979). Whether any efficient algorithm does substantially better was open for two decades.

Timeline of the lower bounds:

  • 1992. The PCP theorem (Arora, Lund, Motwani, Sudan, Szegedy) implies that set cover cannot be approximated within some constant 1+ε1+\varepsilon1+ε unless P = NP.
  • 1994. Lund and Yannakakis showed that set cover cannot be approximated within 14log⁡2n\tfrac14\log_2 n41​log2​n unless NP⊆TIME(nO(polylog n))\mathrm{NP}\subseteq\mathrm{TIME}(n^{O(\mathrm{polylog}\, n)})NP⊆TIME(nO(polylogn)), and within 12log⁡2n≈0.72ln⁡n\tfrac12\log_2 n\approx 0.72\ln n21​log2​n≈0.72lnn under a randomized assumption.
  • 1998. Feige showed that for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, set cover cannot be approximated within (1−ε)ln⁡n(1-\varepsilon)\ln n(1−ε)lnn unless NP⊆TIME(nO(log⁡log⁡n))\mathrm{NP}\subseteq\mathrm{TIME}(n^{O(\log\log n)})NP⊆TIME(nO(loglogn)) (J. ACM 45(4), 634–652). This matches the greedy bound up to lower-order terms.
  • 2014. Dinur and Steurer replaced the assumption by P ≠ NP (STOC 2014).

This mission formalizes Feige's theorem, the result that fixed ln⁡n\ln nlnn as the threshold.

Setting

An instance consists of nnn points {0,…,n−1}\{0,\dots,n-1\}{0,…,n−1} and a list of subsets S1,…,SsS_1,\dots,S_sS1​,…,Ss​. A cover is a set of indices whose subsets together contain every point. The instance is coverable if every point lies in some SiS_iSi​. It is written as a string: nnn in unary, then each subset as its characteristic vector.

A deterministic polynomial-time algorithm approximates set cover within ρ(n)\rho(n)ρ(n) if, for some threshold n0n_0n0​ and every coverable instance with n≥n0n \ge n_0n≥n0​ points, the value vvv it outputs satisfies OPT≤v≤ρ(n)⋅OPT\mathrm{OPT}\le v\le\rho(n)\cdot\mathrm{OPT}OPT≤v≤ρ(n)⋅OPT, where OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT is the size of a smallest cover.

TIME(nO(log⁡log⁡n))\mathrm{TIME}(n^{O(\log\log n)})TIME(nO(loglogn)) is the class of languages that a deterministic one-tape Turing machine decides within ∣w∣c(log⁡2log⁡2∣w∣+1)+c|w|^{c(\log_2\log_2|w|+1)}+c∣w∣c(log2​log2​∣w∣+1)+c steps, for some constant ccc. Machines, P\mathrm{P}P and NP\mathrm{NP}NP are those of the published definition CookPvsNP_defs.

The proof passes through three objects, each defined in the mission:

  1. 3CNF-5 formulas: CNF formulas in which every clause has three literals on distinct variables and every variable occurs in exactly five clauses.
  2. The kkk-prover proof system of §2.3. A verifier picks ℓ\ellℓ random clauses and a distinguished variable in each. Each prover, according to its code word, receives some of these clauses and the distinguished variables of the others. Under the weak acceptance predicate, some two provers give consistent answers on the distinguished variables. Under the strong acceptance predicate, all provers do.
  3. Partition systems B(m,L,k,d)B(m,L,k,d)B(m,L,k,d) (Definition 3.1). These are LLL partitions of mmm points, each into kkk parts, such that covering the points with parts taken from pairwise different partitions needs at least ddd parts.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.4

∃ ε>0: set cover is approximable within (1−ε)ln⁡n ⟹ NP⊆TIME(nO(log⁡log⁡n)).\exists\,\varepsilon>0:\ \text{set cover is approximable within }(1-\varepsilon)\ln n\ \Longrightarrow\ \mathrm{NP}\subseteq\mathrm{TIME}\big(n^{O(\log\log n)}\big).∃ε>0: set cover is approximable within (1−ε)lnn ⟹ NP⊆TIME(nO(loglogn)).

The statement fixes no constant beyond ε\varepsilonε. The parameters kkk, ℓ\ellℓ and mmm of the reduction are choices made inside the proof. The goal carries three cited results as hypotheses: Theorem 2.1.1 (MAX 3SAT-B gap), the consequence of Raz's parallel repetition theorem for the clause–variable game, and the Naor–Schulman–Srinivasan construction of partition systems.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Proposition 2.1.2: MAX 3SAT-5 is gap NP-hard.
  2. Proposition 2.2.1: the one-round clause–variable game has value 1−ε/31-\varepsilon/31−ε/3.
  3. Lemma 2.3.1: the kkk-prover system is complete with strong acceptance and has soundness k22−cℓk^2 2^{-c\ell}k22−cℓ for weak acceptance.
  4. Lemma 3.2: partition systems with d=(1−2/k)kln⁡md=(1-2/k)k\ln md=(1−2/k)klnm exist.
  5. Propositions 4.2 and 4.3: a cover with (1−δ)kQln⁡m(1-\delta)kQ\ln m(1−δ)kQlnm subsets yields a prover strategy that is weakly accepted with probability at least 2δ/(kln⁡m)22\delta/(k\ln m)^22δ/(klnm)2.
  6. Lemma 4.1: the gap between kQkQkQ and (1−2f(k))kQln⁡m(1-2f(k))kQ\ln m(1−2f(k))kQlnm.

Significance

The result. Combined with the greedy algorithm, Theorem 4.4 shows that ln⁡n\ln nlnn is the approximation threshold of set cover under a mild complexity assumption. Set cover reduces approximation-preservingly to many covering problems, so the threshold transfers to them. Examples are dominating set, several facility-location and group Steiner problems, and hitting-set formulations used in scheduling and testing. The kkk-prover system with two acceptance predicates and the partition-system gadget became standard tools for later hardness-of-approximation proofs.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved and has been strengthened (Dinur–Steurer 2014), but no machine-checked proof of any Ω(log⁡n)\Omega(\log n)Ω(logn) inapproximability of set cover is known. This mission contributes:

  • a Lean model of multi-prover proof systems with uniform-count probabilities;
  • partition systems and their probabilistic existence proof;
  • a gap-preserving reduction whose running time is analysed on Turing machines, not merely asserted.

Difficulty

  • The ratio comes from two gaps at once. One is a gap in acceptance probability. The other is a gap between strong and weak acceptance. A reduction from a two-prover system, as in Lund–Yannakakis, loses a constant factor because a cheating cover can use two parts of the same partition. Feige's analysis must turn every small cover into a strategy under which some pair of provers is consistent (Proposition 4.3), and this averaging argument has to lose only a factor (kln⁡m)2(k\ln m)^2(klnm)2.
  • Parameters interlock. ℓ=Θ(log⁡log⁡n)\ell=\Theta(\log\log n)ℓ=Θ(loglogn) must make k22−cℓk^2 2^{-c\ell}k22−cℓ smaller than 2δ/(kln⁡m)22\delta/(k\ln m)^22δ/(klnm)2 while keeping the instance of size nO(log⁡log⁡n)n^{O(\log\log n)}nO(loglogn). The time bound must hold for a one-tape machine, including the deterministic partition-system construction.
  • Encoding. The reduction must be computed by an explicit machine on string encodings. Showing that a "clearly polynomial" construction meets the time bound on such a machine is substantial work.

Formalization scope

  • Cited results as hypotheses. Theorem 2.1.1, Raz's theorem and the Naor et al. construction are not proved in the mission; each is a named proposition (Thm211, RazRepetition, NaorPartitionSystems) and a hypothesis of the goal.
    • RazRepetition is only the consequence of Raz's theorem that the paper uses (p. 642): a 2−cℓ2^{-c\ell}2−cℓ error bound for the repeated clause–variable game on 3CNF-5 formulas far from satisfiable.
    • NaorPartitionSystems relaxes "time linear in mmm" to polynomial time and renders "LLL polynomial in ddd" as L≤⌊log⁡2m⌋aL\le\lfloor\log_2 m\rfloor^aL≤⌊log2​m⌋a. Both relaxations weaken the hypothesis.
  • Approximation in value form. The algorithm outputs a number vvv with OPT≤v≤ρ(n)OPT\mathrm{OPT}\le v\le\rho(n)\mathrm{OPT}OPT≤v≤ρ(n)OPT, and only on coverable instances with n≥n0n\ge n_0n≥n0​. Any algorithm that outputs a cover yields such a value, so this hypothesis is weaker than the paper's. The guard n≥n0n\ge n_0n≥n0​ is needed because (1−ε)ln⁡n<1(1-\varepsilon)\ln n<1(1−ε)lnn<1 for small nnn.
  • Machine model. The machines are Cook's deterministic one-tape machines. Multi-tape simulation costs a quadratic factor, which the class absorbs.
  • Probabilities are uniform counts over the (5n)ℓ(5n)^\ell(5n)ℓ random strings. Strategies are deterministic. Answers are canonical (satisfying on clause coordinates), as the paper assumes without loss of generality.
  • Not formalized. Randomized classes (ZTIME) are not defined here, so the following are omitted: the last sentence of Lemma 3.2, Proposition 6.1, and the randomized variants.
  • Ruling out a trivial formalization. The gap notion requires far-from-satisfiable formulas to have at least one clause. Otherwise the empty formula would be both a yes-instance and a no-instance, and Theorem 2.1.1 would hold trivially.
  • Infrastructure and reuse. The shared layer can serve other PCP-based hardness proofs: 3CNF-5 formulas, the kkk-prover system, partition systems, and the gap-NP-hardness notion. Welcome contributions include:
    • time bounds for list and table manipulations on one-tape machines;
    • a Hadamard-code construction satisfying the weight and distance conditions;
    • the union-bound and averaging lemmas behind Lemma 2.3.1 and Proposition 4.2.

Selected references

  • U. Feige, A threshold of ln n for approximating set cover, J. ACM 45(4), 634–652, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1145/285055.285059
  • C. Lund, M. Yannakakis, On the hardness of approximating minimization problems, J. ACM 41(5), 960–981, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1145/185675.306789
  • R. Raz, A parallel repetition theorem, SIAM J. Comput. 27(3), 763–803, 1998 (STOC 1995). https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539795280895
  • M. Naor, L. J. Schulman, A. Srinivasan, Splitters and near-optimal derandomization, FOCS 1995, 182–191. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.1995.492475
  • S. Arora, C. Lund, R. Motwani, M. Sudan, M. Szegedy, Proof verification and the hardness of approximation problems, J. ACM 45(3), 501–555, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1145/278298.278306
  • C. Papadimitriou, M. Yannakakis, Optimization, approximation, and complexity classes, J. Comput. Syst. Sci. 43(3), 425–440, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0000(91)90023-X
  • V. Chvátal, A greedy heuristic for the set-covering problem, Math. Oper. Res. 4(3), 233–235, 1979. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.4.3.233
  • I. Dinur, D. Steurer, Analytical approach to parallel repetition, STOC 2014, 624–633. https://doi.org/10.1145/2591796.2591884
15 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Maximizing Non-Monotone Submodular Functions II: A Nonadaptive Algorithm Achieves 1/3 of the OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Maximizing a submodular set function without constraints contains Max Cut, Max Directed Cut, maximum facility location and several graph and hypergraph cut problems as special cases, and it appears in operations research wherever a value exhibits diminishing returns but is not monotone (profit that combines coverage with a cost, for example). These problems are NP-hard, so the question is which fraction of the optimum an efficient algorithm can guarantee when the function is accessible only through a value oracle that returns f(S)f(S)f(S) for a queried set SSS.

Feige, Mirrokni and Vondrák (SIAM J. Comput. 40(4), 2011) gave the first constant-factor approximation algorithms for maximizing a general nonnegative submodular function. The simplest of them returns a uniformly random set and achieves 1/41/41/4 of the optimum; this mission is about the next one, a nonadaptive algorithm: it decides all of its oracle queries before seeing any answer, then computes a set from the answers. Such an algorithm can be run in one round of parallel queries. The paper shows that this restricted access already beats 1/41/41/4 and reaches 1/31/31/3.

Timeline. For Max Directed Cut, a random cut achieves 1/41/41/4. Feige, Mirrokni and Vondrák (FOCS 2007; journal version 2011) proved 1/41/41/4 for a random set and 1/31/31/3 nonadaptively for general nonnegative submodular functions, 1/31/31/3 and 2/52/52/5 by adaptive local search, and that 1/21/21/2 requires exponentially many queries. Buchbinder, Feldman, Naor and Schwartz (FOCS 2012, SIAM J. Comput. 2015) later reached the optimal 1/21/21/2 with a randomized double-greedy algorithm.

Setting

Let XXX be a finite ground set with n=∣X∣≥1n = |X| \ge 1n=∣X∣≥1 elements. A function f:2X→Rf : 2^X \to \mathbb{R}f:2X→R is submodular (Definition 1.1) if

f(S∪T)+f(S∩T)≤f(S)+f(T)for all S,T⊆X.f(S \cup T) + f(S \cap T) \le f(S) + f(T) \qquad \text{for all } S, T \subseteq X .f(S∪T)+f(S∩T)≤f(S)+f(T)for all S,T⊆X.

Throughout, fff is nonnegative, the paper's standing assumption, and OPT=max⁡S⊆Xf(S)OPT = \max_{S \subseteq X} f(S)OPT=maxS⊆X​f(S).

For p∈[0,1]p \in [0,1]p∈[0,1], X(p)X(p)X(p) denotes the random subset of XXX containing each element independently with probability ppp; R=X(1/2)R = X(1/2)R=X(1/2) is a uniformly random subset. For a set A⊆XA \subseteq XA⊆X, A(p)A(p)A(p) is the analogous random subset of AAA. The averaged marginal value of an element (Definition 2.4) is

ω(x)=E[f(R∪{x})−f(R∖{x})],R=X(1/2).\omega(x) = \mathbf{E}\big[f(R \cup \{x\}) - f(R \setminus \{x\})\big], \qquad R = X(1/2).ω(x)=E[f(R∪{x})−f(R∖{x})],R=X(1/2).

Algorithm NA (p. 1139):

  1. by random sampling, compute estimates ω~(x)\tilde\omega(x)ω~(x) with ∣ω~(x)−ω(x)∣<OPT/n2|\tilde\omega(x) - \omega(x)| < OPT/n^2∣ω~(x)−ω(x)∣<OPT/n2 for all xxx, with high probability;
  2. independently, sample R=X(1/2)R = X(1/2)R=X(1/2);
  3. with probability 8/98/98/9 return RRR;
  4. with probability 1/91/91/9 return A={x∈X:ω~(x)>0}A = \{x \in X : \tilde\omega(x) > 0\}A={x∈X:ω~(x)>0}.

Given the estimates, the expected value NA returns is 89 E[f(X(1/2))]+19f(A)\tfrac89\,\mathbf{E}[f(X(1/2))] + \tfrac19 f(A)98​E[f(X(1/2))]+91​f(A).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.6 in the explicit form of its proof

For every nonnegative submodular fff and every estimate ω~\tilde\omegaω~ with ∣ω~(x)−ω(x)∣<OPT/n2|\tilde\omega(x) - \omega(x)| < OPT/n^2∣ω~(x)−ω(x)∣<OPT/n2 for all xxx,

89 E[f(X(1/2))]+19 f({x:ω~(x)>0}) ≥ (13−49n) OPT.\frac89\,\mathbf{E}[f(X(1/2))] + \frac19\, f\big(\{x : \tilde\omega(x) > 0\}\big) \ \ge\ \Big(\frac13 - \frac{4}{9n}\Big)\, OPT .98​E[f(X(1/2))]+91​f({x:ω~(x)>0}) ≥ (31​−9n4​)OPT.

The printed theorem says "at least (1/3−o(1)) OPT(1/3 - o(1))\,OPT(1/3−o(1))OPT"; the term 4/(9n)4/(9n)4/(9n) is what the proof establishes (p. 1140, last display).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.2: E[g(A(p))]≥(1−p) g(∅)+p g(A)\mathbf{E}[g(A(p))] \ge (1-p)\,g(\emptyset) + p\,g(A)E[g(A(p))]≥(1−p)g(∅)+pg(A) for submodular ggg.
  2. Lemma 2.3: E[f(A(p)∪B(q))]≥(1−p)(1−q)f(∅)+p(1−q)f(A)+(1−p)qf(B)+pqf(A∪B)\mathbf{E}[f(A(p) \cup B(q))] \ge (1-p)(1-q) f(\emptyset) + p(1-q) f(A) + (1-p)q f(B) + pq f(A \cup B)E[f(A(p)∪B(q))]≥(1−p)(1−q)f(∅)+p(1−q)f(A)+(1−p)qf(B)+pqf(A∪B) for independently sampled, possibly overlapping A,BA, BA,B.
  3. For B=X∖AB = X \setminus AB=X∖A and any CCC: f(A)+f(B∩C)+f(B∪C)≥f(C)f(A) + f(B \cap C) + f(B \cup C) \ge f(C)f(A)+f(B∩C)+f(B∪C)≥f(C).
  4. If ω≤OPT/n2\omega \le OPT/n^2ω≤OPT/n2 on BBB: E[f(R∪(B∩C))]≤E[f(R)]+OPT/(2n)\mathbf{E}[f(R \cup (B \cap C))] \le \mathbf{E}[f(R)] + OPT/(2n)E[f(R∪(B∩C))]≤E[f(R)]+OPT/(2n).
  5. E[f(R∪(B∩C))]≥14f(B∩C)+14f(C)\mathbf{E}[f(R \cup (B \cap C))] \ge \tfrac14 f(B \cap C) + \tfrac14 f(C)E[f(R∪(B∩C))]≥41​f(B∩C)+41​f(C).
  6. If ω≥−OPT/n2\omega \ge -OPT/n^2ω≥−OPT/n2 on AAA and B=X∖AB = X \setminus AB=X∖A: E[f(R)]≥E[f(R∩(B∪C))]−OPT/(2n)\mathbf{E}[f(R)] \ge \mathbf{E}[f(R \cap (B \cup C))] - OPT/(2n)E[f(R)]≥E[f(R∩(B∪C))]−OPT/(2n).
  7. E[f(R∩(B∪C))]≥14f(C)+14f(B∪C)\mathbf{E}[f(R \cap (B \cup C))] \ge \tfrac14 f(C) + \tfrac14 f(B \cup C)E[f(R∩(B∪C))]≥41​f(C)+41​f(B∪C).

Milestones 3–7 are the displayed steps of the proof of Theorem 2.6, stated for arbitrary sets where the page's argument does not use the optimality of CCC.

Significance

The theorem shows that nonadaptive access, a fixed batch of polynomially many value queries followed by a computation, suffices for a 1/31/31/3-approximation of unconstrained nonnegative submodular maximization, strictly better than the 1/41/41/4 of any algorithm that must return one of its queried sets (the paper shows 1/41/41/4 is optimal in that class, §4.2). The quantity ω\omegaω generalizes the in-degree/out-degree test for Max Directed Cut to arbitrary submodular functions, and Lemmas 2.2 and 2.3 are general sampling inequalities for submodular functions that the paper reuses for its adaptive smooth local search.

Formalizing it produces machine-checked versions of Lemmas 2.2 and 2.3 as statements about exact finite averages, a reusable expectation operator on product-distributed random subsets, and a checked version of the 1/31/31/3 argument with its explicit error term. The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it has been formalized in a proof assistant.

Difficulty

The two regimes the proof separates, "AAA is already good" and "one of f(B∩C)f(B \cap C)f(B∩C), f(B∪C)f(B \cup C)f(B∪C) is large", must be tied to the value of a uniformly random set, whereas the elements of AAA and BBB are chosen from estimated averages, not from the optimal set CCC. The natural attempt, comparing f(R)f(R)f(R) with f(C)f(C)f(C) element by element, fails because fff is not monotone: adding elements of CCC to RRR can decrease the value. The accuracy OPT/n2OPT/n^2OPT/n2 of the estimates must also be propagated through a sum over up to nnn elements, which is where the error term 4/(9n)4/(9n)4/(9n) comes from. The sampling lemmas require handling expectations over pairs of independent random subsets of possibly overlapping sets.

Formalization scope

  • The ground set is a Fintype X with DecidableEq, assumed Nonempty, so n=∣X∣≥1n = |X| \ge 1n=∣X∣≥1 and the divisions by nnn and n2n^2n2 are genuine; sets are Finset X; fff is real valued with nonnegativity ∀S, 0≤f(S)\forall S,\ 0 \le f(S)∀S, 0≤f(S) as an explicit hypothesis. Lemmas 2.2 and 2.3 are stated for real fff with no sign condition, as printed.
  • OPTOPTOPT is Finset.univ.sup' _ f, the true maximum over all subsets.
  • Every expectation over an independently sampled random set is the exact finite sum F(x)=∑Sf(S)∏i∈Sxi∏i∉S(1−xi)F(x) = \sum_{S} f(S)\prod_{i \in S} x_i \prod_{i \notin S}(1 - x_i)F(x)=∑S​f(S)∏i∈S​xi​∏i∈/S​(1−xi​); X(1/2)X(1/2)X(1/2) is x≡1/2x \equiv 1/2x≡1/2. Expectations over two independent samples (Lemma 2.3) are the corresponding iterated sums. Sampling probabilities carry the hypotheses 0≤p,q≤10 \le p, q \le 10≤p,q≤1.
  • The goal quantifies over every estimate ω~\tilde\omegaω~ satisfying the printed accuracy ∣ω~(x)−ω(x)∣<OPT/n2|\tilde\omega(x) - \omega(x)| < OPT/n^2∣ω~(x)−ω(x)∣<OPT/n2 (strict), with A={x:ω~(x)>0}A = \{x : \tilde\omega(x) > 0\}A={x:ω~(x)>0} (strict). The "with high probability" of NA's first step is this hypothesis; the sampling estimate that makes it likely (Lemma 2.5, a Chernoff-bound argument) is not part of the goal. When OPT=0OPT = 0OPT=0 the hypothesis is unsatisfiable, but then f≡0f \equiv 0f≡0 and nothing is lost.
  • The left-hand side is exactly the mixture 89 E[f(X(1/2))]+19f(A)\tfrac89\,\mathbf{E}[f(X(1/2))] + \tfrac19 f(A)98​E[f(X(1/2))]+91​f(A). A statement with the maximum of the two terms, with exact values ω~=ω\tilde\omega = \omegaω~=ω, or with the o(1)o(1)o(1) replaced by an existential constant or a limit, is a different (and weaker or stronger) theorem and does not close this mission.
  • Printed slip corrected: in the second display on p. 1140, the "===" before −∣A∖C∣ OPT/(2n2)-|A \setminus C|\,OPT/(2n^2)−∣A∖C∣OPT/(2n2) should be "≥\ge≥"; milestone 6 states the inequality.

Welcome contributions: proofs of Lemmas 2.2 and 2.3 (reusable for mission IV of this series), the identity E[f(R∪{x})−f(R)]=12ω(x)\mathbf{E}[f(R \cup \{x\}) - f(R)] = \tfrac12\omega(x)E[f(R∪{x})−f(R)]=21​ω(x), and general lemmas about the operator FFF (splitting a uniform random set along a partition).

Selected references

  • U. Feige, V. S. Mirrokni, J. Vondrák, Maximizing Non-Monotone Submodular Functions, SIAM J. Comput. 40(4):1133–1153, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1137/090779346
  • N. Buchbinder, M. Feldman, J. Naor, R. Schwartz, A Tight Linear Time (1/2)-Approximation for Unconstrained Submodular Maximization, SIAM J. Comput. 44(5):1384–1402, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1137/130929205
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Simple Parallel Algorithm for the Maximal Independent Set Problem II: The Round Bound of the Derandomized AlgorithmResearch Paper

Motivation

A maximal independent set (MIS) of a graph is a set of pairwise non-adjacent vertices to which no further vertex can be added. Sequentially an MIS is found greedily in linear time, but the greedy scan is inherently serial. Whether an MIS can be computed by a fast parallel algorithm was a central question of parallel complexity in the early 1980s: Karp and Wigderson gave the first NC algorithm (STOC 1984), and Luby's paper, SIAM J. Comput. 15(4):1036–1053, 1986, gave a much simpler one. MIS is a subroutine of many parallel and distributed graph algorithms (colouring, matching, symmetry breaking), and Luby's randomized algorithm remains the standard one in distributed computing.

The paper's second contribution, the subject of this mission, is a general method for removing randomness: analyse the randomized algorithm under pairwise independence only, then realize pairwise independent random variables on a sample space of polynomial size and try every sample point in parallel. The same method, often attributed jointly to Luby (1986) and to Alon, Babai and Itai (J. Algorithms 7, 1986), became a standard tool of derandomization.

Setting

Let G=(V,E)G = (V, E)G=(V,E) be a finite simple graph with n=∣V∣n = |V|n=∣V∣ vertices labelled 0,…,n−10, \dots, n-10,…,n−1. The algorithm keeps a set III (initially empty) and the current graph G′=(V′,E′)G' = (V', E')G′=(V′,E′), the subgraph of GGG induced on V′V'V′ (initially V′=VV' = VV′=V). For W⊆V′W \subseteq V'W⊆V′ the neighbourhood is N(W)={i∈V′:∃j∈W,(i,j)∈E′}N(W) = \{ i \in V' : \exists j \in W, (i,j) \in E' \}N(W)={i∈V′:∃j∈W,(i,j)∈E′}. Each execution of the loop body selects an independent set I′⊆V′I' \subseteq V'I′⊆V′, adds it to III, and deletes I′∪N(I′)I' \cup N(I')I′∪N(I′) from V′V'V′; the loop runs while V′≠∅V' \ne \emptysetV′=∅. Write d(i)d(i)d(i) for the degree of iii in G′G'G′, YkY_kYk​ for the number of edges of G′G'G′ before the kkk-th execution, and sum(i)=∑j∈adj(i)1/d(j)\mathrm{sum}(i) = \sum_{j \in \mathrm{adj}(i)} 1/d(j)sum(i)=∑j∈adj(i)​1/d(j).

Algorithm B's select step draws a coin coin(i)∈{0,1}\mathrm{coin}(i) \in \{0,1\}coin(i)∈{0,1} for each vertex, with Pr⁡[coin(i)=1]=1/2d(i)\Pr[\mathrm{coin}(i) = 1] = 1/2d(i)Pr[coin(i)=1]=1/2d(i), puts X={i:coin(i)=1}X = \{ i : \mathrm{coin}(i) = 1 \}X={i:coin(i)=1}, and removes from XXX the endpoint of smaller degree of every edge inside XXX (both endpoints on a tie).

The sample space. Fix a prime qqq with n≤q≤2nn \le q \le 2nn≤q≤2n. The sample points are the pairs (x,y)(x, y)(x,y) with 0≤x,y≤q−10 \le x, y \le q-10≤x,y≤q−1, each of probability 1/q21/q^21/q2. With n(i)=⌊q/2d(i)⌋n(i) = \lfloor q/2d(i) \rfloorn(i)=⌊q/2d(i)⌋, the coin of vertex iii at (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) is 111 iff (x+y⋅i) mod q<n(i)(x + y \cdot i) \bmod q < n(i)(x+y⋅i)modq<n(i), so Pr⁡[coin(i)=1]=pi′=⌊q/2d(i)⌋/q\Pr[\mathrm{coin}(i) = 1] = p'_i = \lfloor q/2d(i) \rfloor / qPr[coin(i)=1]=pi′​=⌊q/2d(i)⌋/q, and distinct coins are pairwise independent.

Algorithm D. Each execution of the loop body first moves the isolated vertices of G′G'G′ into III. Then:

  • Case 1. If a vertex iii of maximum degree has d(i)≥n/16d(i) \ge n/16d(i)≥n/16, it joins III, and {i}∪N({i})\{i\} \cup N(\{i\}){i}∪N({i}) is deleted.
  • Case 2. Otherwise all q2q^2q2 sample points are tried, the one whose coins make Algorithm B's select step eliminate the most edges is kept, and its I′I'I′ is used.

No random bits are used.

Formalization targets

Goal: the round bound and correctness of Algorithm D

For every graph GGG on nnn vertices, every prime qqq with n≤q≤2nn \le q \le 2nn≤q≤2n, and every run of Algorithm D (every tie-break among maximum-degree vertices and every maximizing sample point), the loop body is executed exactly kkk times, with

k ≤ log⁡(n2)log⁡(18/17)+16 ≤ 25⋅log⁡2n+16,k \ \le\ \frac{\log(n^2)}{\log(18/17)} + 16 \ \le\ 25 \cdot \log_2 n + 16,k ≤ log(18/17)log(n2)​+16 ≤ 25⋅log2​n+16,

and the output III is a maximal independent set of GGG.

Milestones

  1. The sample space: Lemma 1, Pr⁡[Xi=Rj]=nij/q\Pr[X_i = R_j] = n_{ij}/qPr[Xi​=Rj​]=nij​/q, and Lemma 2, Pr⁡[Xi=Rj,Xi′=Rj′]=nijni′j′/q2\Pr[X_i = R_j, X_{i'} = R_{j'}] = n_{ij} n_{i'j'}/q^2Pr[Xi​=Rj​,Xi′​=Rj′​]=nij​ni′j′​/q2 for i≠i′i \ne i'i=i′.
  2. The Technical Lemma: for p1≥⋯≥pn≥0p_1 \ge \dots \ge p_n \ge 0p1​≥⋯≥pn​≥0 and c>0c > 0c>0, max⁡l(αl−cβl)≥12min⁡{αn,1/c}\max_l (\alpha_l - c\beta_l) \ge \tfrac12 \min\{\alpha_n, 1/c\}maxl​(αl​−cβl​)≥21​min{αn​,1/c}.
  3. The two steps of the proof of Theorem 1: E[Yk−Yk+1]≥12∑id(i)Pr⁡[i∈N(I′)]E[Y_k - Y_{k+1}] \ge \tfrac12 \sum_i d(i) \Pr[i \in N(I')]E[Yk​−Yk+1​]≥21​∑i​d(i)Pr[i∈N(I′)], and 12∑sum(i)≤2d(i) sum(i)+∑sum(i)>2d(i)≥∣E′∣\tfrac12 \sum_{\mathrm{sum}(i) \le 2} d(i)\,\mathrm{sum}(i) + \sum_{\mathrm{sum}(i) > 2} d(i) \ge |E'|21​∑sum(i)≤2​d(i)sum(i)+∑sum(i)>2​d(i)≥∣E′∣.
  4. Lemma C and Theorem 2: with pairwise independent coins of law 1/2d(i)1/2d(i)1/2d(i),
Pr⁡[i∈N(I′)]≥18min⁡{sum(i),1},E[Yk−Yk+1]≥116Yk.\Pr[i \in N(I')] \ge \tfrac18 \min\{\mathrm{sum}(i), 1\}, \qquad E[Y_k - Y_{k+1}] \ge \tfrac{1}{16} Y_k .Pr[i∈N(I′)]≥81​min{sum(i),1},E[Yk​−Yk+1​]≥161​Yk​.
  1. The rounding bound 89pi≤pi′≤pi\tfrac89 p_i \le p'_i \le p_i98​pi​≤pi′​≤pi​ when d(i)<n/16d(i) < n/16d(i)<n/16.
  2. Lemma D and Theorem 3: with pairwise independent coins of law pi′p'_ipi′​ and all d(i)<n/16d(i) < n/16d(i)<n/16,
Pr⁡[i∈N(I′)]≥19min⁡{sum(i),1},E[Yk−Yk+1]≥118Yk.\Pr[i \in N(I')] \ge \tfrac19 \min\{\mathrm{sum}(i), 1\}, \qquad E[Y_k - Y_{k+1}] \ge \tfrac{1}{18} Y_k .Pr[i∈N(I′)]≥91​min{sum(i),1},E[Yk​−Yk+1​]≥181​Yk​.
  1. In Case 2 some sample point eliminates at least 1/181/181/18 of the edges; Case 1 occurs at most 16 times in any run before it terminates.

Significance

The goal is the deterministic half of Luby's result: an MIS is computed in O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) parallel rounds with no randomness, which places MIS in deterministic NC. The pairwise-independent analysis (Lemmas C, D, Theorems 2, 3) is the reusable part: it shows that the Monte Carlo algorithm's progress guarantee survives when mutual independence is weakened to pairwise independence, which is what makes a sample space of size q2=O(n2)q^2 = O(n^2)q2=O(n2) sufficient. Lemmas 1 and 2 are the standard construction of pairwise independent variables with prescribed rational marginals.

All of these results are proved in the paper. None is formalized on the platform. A related but different object is the platform's dot-product hash family (AlmostLossless.pairwiseIndependent_dotHash), which has uniform marginals over a field and is not the q2q^2q2-point matrix space with prescribed marginals nij/qn_{ij}/qnij​/q. The companion mission A Simple Parallel Algorithm for the Maximal Independent Set Problem I formalizes Theorem 1, the mutually independent analysis of Algorithms A and B.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 2 repeats the proof of Lemma B, which lower-bounds Pr⁡[i∈N(I′)]\Pr[i \in N(I')]Pr[i∈N(I′)] by a product over independent events. Under pairwise independence the probability of an intersection of three or more coin events is not determined by the marginals, so that product argument fails, and the constant degrades from 18\tfrac1881​ to 116\tfrac1{16}161​.

The round bound needs a separate argument for high-degree vertices. The rounded probabilities pi′p'_ipi′​ are close to pip_ipi​ only when q/2d(i)q/2d(i)q/2d(i) is large, which is why vertices of degree at least n/16n/16n/16 are handled by Case 1. Counting the Case 1 rounds uses the vertex count nnn of the original graph, not of the current one. Correctness at termination requires an invariant linking III, V′V'V′ and GGG across both kinds of rounds and the deletion of isolated vertices.

Formalization scope

Vertices are Fin n with labels 0,…,n−10, \dots, n-10,…,n−1, which is §4.2's indexing of X0,…,Xn−1X_0, \dots, X_{n-1}X0​,…,Xn−1​; the label enters Z/qZ\mathbb{Z}/q\mathbb{Z}Z/qZ as a residue, and labels are distinct mod qqq because n≤qn \le qn≤q. The current graph is the induced subgraph kept on the full vertex type, with deleted vertices isolated. One execution of the loop body is a relation between states (I,V′)(I, V')(I,V′) that leaves the maximizing vertex (Case 1) and the maximizing sample point (Case 2) free, as the page does, and a run is any sequence of states starting at (∅,V)(\emptyset, V)(∅,V) that follows the relation while V′≠∅V' \ne \emptysetV′=∅. The goal asks for the first index kkk with V′=∅V' = \emptysetV′=∅, so a statement about a later state or a bound on kkk without termination does not meet it.

The conditions d(i)≥n/16d(i) \ge n/16d(i)≥n/16 and d(i)<n/16d(i) < n/16d(i)<n/16 are encoded exactly as n≤16 d(i)n \le 16\,d(i)n≤16d(i) and 16 d(i)<n16\,d(i) < n16d(i)<n in N\mathbb{N}N. ⌊q/2d(i)⌋\lfloor q/2d(i) \rfloor⌊q/2d(i)⌋ is natural-number division. The printed code tests (x+y⋅i) mod q≤n(i)(x + y\cdot i) \bmod q \le n(i)(x+y⋅i)modq≤n(i), which puts n(i)+1n(i) + 1n(i)+1 residues in XXX and contradicts pi′=⌊piq⌋/qp'_i = \lfloor p_i q \rfloor / qpi′​=⌊pi​q⌋/q stated on the same page; the formalization uses the strict test.

Lemmas C, D and Theorems 2, 3 quantify over every probability space carrying measurable, pairwise independent (IndepFun for each pair of distinct vertices) coins with the stated marginals at vertices of positive degree. Replacing pairwise by mutual independence, or fixing the probability space, would weaken them. They are stated for a fixed current graph, that is, as the expectation conditional on the state before the round, which is what their proofs establish. Expectations are Bochner integrals of a function with finitely many values and are therefore genuine. Lemma 2 carries the hypothesis i≠i′i \ne i'i=i′, implicit on the page.

The development needs the induced subgraph and degree bookkeeping from Mathlib's SimpleGraph, pairwise independence from ProbabilityTheory.IndepFun, finite counting in ZMod q, and real logarithms. The pairwise-independent analysis (Lemma C to Theorem 3) and the sample-space lemmas are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Luby, A Simple Parallel Algorithm for the Maximal Independent Set Problem, SIAM J. Comput. 15(4):1036–1053, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1137/0215074
  • R. M. Karp and A. Wigderson, A Fast Parallel Algorithm for the Maximal Independent Set Problem, J. ACM 32(4):762–773, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1145/4221.4226
  • N. Alon, L. Babai and A. Itai, A Fast and Simple Randomized Parallel Algorithm for the Maximal Independent Set Problem, J. Algorithms 7(4):567–583, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(86)90019-2
16 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Graph TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Simple Parallel Algorithm for the Maximal Independent Set Problem I: One Round of Monte Carlo Algorithm A or B Removes an Expected Eighth of the EdgesResearch Paper

Motivation

A maximal independent set (MIS) of a graph is a set of vertices, no two adjacent, to which no further vertex can be added. Sequentially an MIS is found greedily in linear time, but the greedy scan is inherently serial. Whether an MIS can be found fast in parallel was a central question of parallel complexity in the early 1980s: an MIS algorithm is a subroutine for maximal matching, vertex colouring with Δ+1\Delta + 1Δ+1 colours, and many other symmetry-breaking tasks.

  • Karp and Wigderson (STOC 1984; J. ACM 32, 1985) gave the first fast parallel algorithms for MIS: a randomized one and a deterministic one, both with running time O((log⁡n)4)O((\log n)^4)O((logn)4), placing MIS in NC4^44.
  • Luby (SIAM J. Comput. 15(4), 1986) gave the Monte Carlo algorithms analysed in this mission, together with a derandomization that yields a deterministic EREW P-RAM algorithm with O((log⁡n)2)O((\log n)^2)O((logn)2) running time, placing MIS in NC2^22. Alon, Babai and Itai (J. Algorithms 7, 1986) independently found a Monte Carlo algorithm similar to Algorithm B.

Luby's algorithm is the standard textbook example of a randomized parallel algorithm and remains the basis of distributed MIS algorithms in the LOCAL model. Its analysis rests on one statement, Theorem 1 of the paper, which this mission formalizes.

Setting

All algorithms in the paper run the same loop on a finite simple undirected input graph G=(V,E)G = (V, E)G=(V,E) with n=∣V∣n = |V|n=∣V∣ vertices. The current graph is G′=(V′,E′)G' = (V', E')G′=(V′,E′), initially GGG. For W⊆V′W \subseteq V'W⊆V′ the neighbourhood is N(W)={i∈V′:∃j∈W, (i,j)∈E′}N(W) = \{ i \in V' : \exists j \in W,\ (i,j) \in E' \}N(W)={i∈V′:∃j∈W, (i,j)∈E′}. One execution of the loop body selects a set I′⊆V′I' \subseteq V'I′⊆V′ independent in G′G'G′, adds it to the output, and replaces G′G'G′ by the subgraph induced on V′−(I′∪N(I′))V' - (I' \cup N(I'))V′−(I′∪N(I′)). The loop stops when G′G'G′ is empty.

For i∈V′i \in V'i∈V′ write adj(i)\mathrm{adj}(i)adj(i) for its neighbours and d(i)=∣adj(i)∣d(i) = |\mathrm{adj}(i)|d(i)=∣adj(i)∣ for its degree. The two Monte Carlo select steps are:

  • Algorithm A. Every vertex draws a priority π(i)\pi(i)π(i) uniformly from {1,…,n4}\{1, \dots, n^4\}{1,…,n4}, independently. A vertex enters I′I'I′ when its priority is strictly smaller than the priority of each of its neighbours.
  • Algorithm B. Every vertex independently sets coin(i)=1\mathrm{coin}(i) = 1coin(i)=1 with probability 1/(2d(i))1/(2d(i))1/(2d(i)), or always if d(i)=0d(i) = 0d(i)=0. Let XXX be the set of vertices with coin 111. A vertex of XXX enters I′I'I′ when each of its neighbours in XXX has strictly smaller degree.

Let YkY_kYk​ be the number of edges of E′E'E′ before the kkk-th execution of the loop body. The number of edges eliminated by that execution is Yk−Yk+1Y_k - Y_{k+1}Yk​−Yk+1​: exactly the edges of G′G'G′ with at least one endpoint in I′∪N(I′)I' \cup N(I')I′∪N(I′). For d(i)≥1d(i) \ge 1d(i)≥1 the paper uses the weight sum(i)=∑j∈adj(i)1/d(j)\mathrm{sum}(i) = \sum_{j \in \mathrm{adj}(i)} 1/d(j)sum(i)=∑j∈adj(i)​1/d(j).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

For the current graph G′G'G′ and n≥max⁡(1,∣V′∣)n \ge \max(1, |V'|)n≥max(1,∣V′∣),

E[YkA−Yk+1A]≥18 YkA−116,E[YkB−Yk+1B]≥18 YkB.E\big[Y_k^A - Y_{k+1}^A\big] \ge \tfrac18\, Y_k^A - \tfrac1{16}, \qquad E\big[Y_k^B - Y_{k+1}^B\big] \ge \tfrac18\, Y_k^B .E[YkA​−Yk+1A​]≥81​YkA​−161​,E[YkB​−Yk+1B​]≥81​YkB​.

The constants are those printed in the paper. No connectivity, degree or size condition on G′G'G′ is assumed.

Milestones

  1. §3.2, p. 1040. The priorities of Algorithm A are pairwise distinct with probability at least 1−1/(2n2)1 - 1/(2n^2)1−1/(2n2).
  2. TECHNICAL LEMMA, p. 1043. For p1≥⋯≥pn≥0p_1 \ge \dots \ge p_n \ge 0p1​≥⋯≥pn​≥0 and c>0c > 0c>0, with αl=∑j≤lpj\alpha_l = \sum_{j \le l} p_jαl​=∑j≤l​pj​, βl=∑j<k≤lpjpk\beta_l = \sum_{j < k \le l} p_j p_kβl​=∑j<k≤l​pj​pk​ and γl=αl−cβl\gamma_l = \alpha_l - c\beta_lγl​=αl​−cβl​,
max⁡1≤l≤nγl≥12min⁡{αn,1/c}.\max_{1 \le l \le n} \gamma_l \ge \tfrac12 \min\{\alpha_n, 1/c\}.1≤l≤nmax​γl​≥21​min{αn​,1/c}.
  1. LEMMA A (Beame), p. 1041. For Algorithm A and d(i)≥1d(i) \ge 1d(i)≥1,
Pr⁡[i∈N(I′)]≥[14min⁡{sum(i),1}](1−12n2).\Pr[i \in N(I')] \ge \big[\tfrac14\min\{\mathrm{sum}(i), 1\}\big]\big(1 - \tfrac{1}{2n^2}\big).Pr[i∈N(I′)]≥[41​min{sum(i),1}](1−2n21​).
  1. LEMMA B, p. 1042. For Algorithm B and d(i)≥1d(i) \ge 1d(i)≥1,
Pr⁡[i∈N(I′)]≥14min⁡{sum(i)/2,1}.\Pr[i \in N(I')] \ge \tfrac14 \min\{\mathrm{sum}(i)/2, 1\}.Pr[i∈N(I′)]≥41​min{sum(i)/2,1}.
  1. Proof of Theorem 1, first display, p. 1041. For any random choice of I′I'I′,
E[Yk−Yk+1]≥12∑id(i)Pr⁡[i∈I′∪N(I′)]≥12∑id(i)Pr⁡[i∈N(I′)].E[Y_k - Y_{k+1}] \ge \tfrac12 \sum_i d(i)\Pr[i \in I' \cup N(I')] \ge \tfrac12 \sum_i d(i) \Pr[i \in N(I')].E[Yk​−Yk+1​]≥21​i∑​d(i)Pr[i∈I′∪N(I′)]≥21​i∑​d(i)Pr[i∈N(I′)].
  1. Proof of Theorem 1, closing chain, p. 1041.
12∑sum(i)≤2d(i) sum(i)+∑sum(i)>2d(i)≥∣E′∣.\tfrac12 \sum_{\mathrm{sum}(i) \le 2} d(i)\,\mathrm{sum}(i) + \sum_{\mathrm{sum}(i) > 2} d(i) \ge |E'|.21​sum(i)≤2∑​d(i)sum(i)+sum(i)>2∑​d(i)≥∣E′∣.

Significance

Theorem 1 says that each round removes, in expectation, a constant fraction of the remaining edges. From it the paper derives that the expected number of rounds of either algorithm is O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn), and hence that MIS has a Monte Carlo algorithm running in O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) expected time on a CRCW P-RAM and O((log⁡n)2)O((\log n)^2)O((logn)2) on an EREW P-RAM with O(m)O(m)O(m) processors. Algorithm B and the proof of part (2) are also the basis of the paper's deterministic algorithm: the analysis of Lemma B uses only pairwise independence of the coins. The companion mission (A Simple Parallel Algorithm for the Maximal Independent Set Problem II) formalizes that derandomization and reuses the statements of milestones 2, 5 and 6.

The results are proved in the paper and reproduced in textbooks (e.g. Motwani and Raghavan, Randomized Algorithms), but not formalized: no statement of Theorem 1, Lemma A or Lemma B was found on the platform. A formal proof would make the per-round analysis of a standard parallel randomized algorithm reusable. That includes the degree-weighted counting of milestone 6 and the Bonferroni-type bound of the Technical Lemma, both of which recur in later analyses of distributed symmetry breaking.

Difficulty

The obvious argument tries to show that a fixed vertex enters I′I'I′ with good probability. That fails, because a high-degree vertex rarely wins against all its neighbours. The analysis instead bounds the probability that a vertex is removed, i.e. lands in N(I′)N(I')N(I′). This event is a union over neighbours of dependent events, so the first Bonferroni inequality alone does not give a lower bound: the pairwise-intersection terms must be controlled. The union bound can also be very lossy when sum(i)\mathrm{sum}(i)sum(i) is large, which is why the conclusion involves a minimum with a constant.

A second obstacle is the passage from vertices to edges: vertices of small sum(i)\mathrm{sum}(i)sum(i) can have high degree while contributing little probability. The per-vertex bounds therefore have to be summed with degree weights and redistributed over edges. For Algorithm A there is an additional complication: priorities from {1,…,n4}\{1, \dots, n^4\}{1,…,n4} can collide, so the argument about a uniformly random order holds only on the event that π\piπ is injective. That event appears as the factor 1−1/(2n2)1 - 1/(2n^2)1−1/(2n2).

Formalization scope

  • Graph. The current graph G′G'G′ is a SimpleGraph V on a finite type with decidable adjacency, and V′=VV' = VV′=V. The degree is SimpleGraph.degree, adj(i)\mathrm{adj}(i)adj(i) is neighborFinset, and Yk=∣E′∣Y_k = |E'|Yk​=∣E′∣ is edgeFinset.card.
  • Conditional form. Theorem 1 is stated for a fixed current graph G′G'G′, i.e. conditionally on the first k−1k - 1k−1 rounds, as in the paper's proof. The unconditional statement follows by averaging.
  • Input size. nnn is a parameter with 1≤n1 \le n1≤n and ∣V′∣≤n|V'| \le n∣V′∣≤n. It is not fixed to ∣V′∣|V'|∣V′∣, which would cover only the first round.
  • Select steps. Both endpoints' ALGEDGE runs are applied to every edge, since E′E'E′ contains each edge in both orientations. Hence Algorithm A keeps iii iff π(i)<π(j)\pi(i) < \pi(j)π(i)<π(j) for all neighbours jjj. Algorithm B keeps i∈Xi \in Xi∈X iff d(j)<d(i)d(j) < d(i)d(j)<d(i) for all neighbours j∈Xj \in Xj∈X. Algorithm B's I′I'I′ starts at XXX; the page leaves I′I'I′ uninitialized in §3.3, and Algorithm D's code (p. 1047) has I′←XI' \leftarrow XI′←X.
  • Laws. Probabilities and expectations are explicit finite sums: uniform over the (n4)∣V∣(n^4)^{|V|}(n4)∣V∣ priority vectors, and the product law over the 2∣V∣2^{|V|}2∣V∣ coin vectors. A coin of an isolated vertex is 111 with probability 111, as on the page.
  • Milestones. Milestone 5 is stated for an arbitrary finite distribution of I′I'I′, which contains both algorithms' laws. Milestone 6 divides out the common factor 18\tfrac1881​ of the printed chain.

Theorem 1 is false for arbitrary distributions of priorities or coins. A formalization that takes "Pr" as an unconstrained parameter, conditions on the event of interest, or replaces nnn by ∣V′∣|V'|∣V′∣ does not state the paper's theorem.

A complete development needs finite product probability spaces, inclusion–exclusion (Bonferroni) inequalities for finite unions, the symmetry of uniform priorities conditioned on injectivity, and degree-sum identities (SimpleGraph.sum_degrees_eq_twice_card_edges). The Technical Lemma and milestones 5 and 6 are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative proofs of Lemmas A and B, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Luby, A Simple Parallel Algorithm for the Maximal Independent Set Problem, SIAM J. Comput. 15(4):1036–1053, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1137/0215074
  • R. M. Karp and A. Wigderson, A Fast Parallel Algorithm for the Maximal Independent Set Problem, J. ACM 32(4):762–773, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1145/4221.4226
  • N. Alon, L. Babai and A. Itai, A Fast and Simple Randomized Parallel Algorithm for the Maximal Independent Set Problem, J. Algorithms 7(4):567–583, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(86)90019-2
  • R. Motwani and P. Raghavan, Randomized Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511814075
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Worst-Case Performance Bounds for Simple One-Dimensional Packing Algorithms 3: First-Fit Decreasing and Best-Fit Decreasing Use at Most 11/9 L* + 4 BinsResearch Paper

Motivation

Bin packing asks for the fewest unit-capacity bins that hold a given list of item sizes. It models table formatting, the placement of program segments on pages, and the allocation of files to disc tracks, and it is NP-complete, so exact solutions require search in general. Johnson, Demers, Ullman, Garey and Graham (SIAM J. Comput. 3 (1974)) therefore studied four simple placement heuristics and bounded how far each can be from the optimum in the worst case. Their paper is one of the founding results of the worst-case analysis of approximation algorithms.

This mission concerns the two decreasing heuristics, which sort the items from largest to smallest before placing them. For them the paper proves that at most 119\tfrac{11}{9}911​ of the optimum, plus an additive constant, is ever used, and that the factor 119\tfrac{11}{9}911​ cannot be improved.

Timeline.

  • 1973: D. S. Johnson's MIT thesis proves FFD(L)≤119L∗+4FFD(L)\le \tfrac{11}{9}L^*+4FFD(L)≤911​L∗+4; the argument exceeds 75 pages.
  • 1974: Johnson, Demers, Ullman, Garey and Graham publish the bound for FFD and BFD, with a complete proof of the reduction from BFD to FFD and an outline of the FFD argument.
  • 1985: B. S. Baker gives a shorter proof of FFD(L)≤119L∗+3FFD(L)\le\tfrac{11}{9}L^*+3FFD(L)≤911​L∗+3 (J. Algorithms 6).
  • 1991: M. Yue publishes a proof of FFD(L)≤119L∗+1FFD(L)\le\tfrac{11}{9}L^*+1FFD(L)≤911​L∗+1.
  • 2007: G. Dósa determines the tight additive constant, FFD(L)≤119L∗+69FFD(L)\le\tfrac{11}{9}L^*+\tfrac{6}{9}FFD(L)≤911​L∗+96​ (ESCAPE 2007, LNCS 4614).

Setting

A list is a finite sequence L=(a1,a2,…,an)L=(a_1,a_2,\dots,a_n)L=(a1​,a2​,…,an​) of real numbers in (0,1](0,1](0,1]; values may repeat. A bin has capacity 111; its level is the sum of the numbers placed in it. The optimum L∗L^*L∗ is the least number of bins into which the elements of LLL can be distributed so that no bin has level exceeding 111.

The bins B1,B2,…B_1,B_2,\dotsB1​,B2​,… start empty and the elements are placed one at a time, in list order.

  • First-Fit (FF) places aia_iai​ into the bin BjB_jBj​ of least index whose level β\betaβ satisfies β≤1−ai\beta\le 1-a_iβ≤1−ai​.
  • Best-Fit (BF) places aia_iai​ into a bin whose level β\betaβ satisfies β≤1−ai\beta\le 1-a_iβ≤1−ai​ and is as large as possible, the one of least index among ties.
  • First-Fit Decreasing (FFD) and Best-Fit Decreasing (BFD) first arrange LLL into nonincreasing order and then apply FF, respectively BF.

FFD(L)FFD(L)FFD(L) and BFD(L)BFD(L)BFD(L) are the numbers of bins that receive at least one element.

Two auxiliary notions from the paper's proof also appear among the milestones. The position (j,k)(j,k)(j,k) of an element in a packing means that it is the kkk-th element placed into bin jjj. The weight W(X)W(X)W(X) of a collection of elements is defined through kkk-pieces, the elements in (1k+1,1k](\tfrac1{k+1},\tfrac1k](k+11​,k1​]. Each element has the weight w1(x)=⌊1/x⌋−1w_1(x)=\lfloor 1/x\rfloor^{-1}w1​(x)=⌊1/x⌋−1. A pair (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) with xxx a kkk-piece and kx+y≤1kx+y\le1kx+y≤1 has the discounted weight w2(x,y)=w1(x)+k−1kw1(y)w_2(x,y)=w_1(x)+\tfrac{k-1}{k}w_1(y)w2​(x,y)=w1​(x)+kk−1​w1​(y), and any other pair has w1(x)+w1(y)w_1(x)+w_1(y)w1​(x)+w1​(y). W(X)W(X)W(X) is the least total weight over all ways of grouping XXX into singletons and pairs.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

For every list LLL,

FFD(L)≤119L∗+4andBFD(L)≤119L∗+4.FFD(L)\le \frac{11}{9}L^*+4\qquad\text{and}\qquad BFD(L)\le\frac{11}{9}L^*+4 .FFD(L)≤911​L∗+4andBFD(L)≤911​L∗+4.

The constants are the paper's. Both halves are part of the goal.

Milestones, in the order the argument uses them

  1. Lemma 3.3. If FFD(L)>rL∗+dFFD(L)>rL^*+dFFD(L)>rL∗+d with r,d≥1r,d\ge1r,d≥1, the list L′L'L′ keeping only the elements exceeding (r−1)/r(r-1)/r(r−1)/r also has FFD(L′)>rL′∗+dFFD(L')>rL'^*+dFFD(L′)>rL′∗+d; the same for BFD. With r=119r=\tfrac{11}{9}r=911​ this reduces the goal to lists in (211,1](\tfrac2{11},1](112​,1].
  2. Claims 3.4.5 and 3.4.6, two steps of the proof of Theorem 3.4 that concern only the FFD packing PFPFPF and the BFD run. On [16,1][\tfrac16,1][61​,1], BFD places every element exceeding 13\tfrac1331​ exactly where FFD does. Among the remaining positions of PFPFPF, the lexicographic order of positions respects the order of the sorted list.
  3. Theorem 3.4. If L⊆[16,1]L\subseteq[\tfrac16,1]L⊆[61​,1], then BFD(L)≤FFD(L)BFD(L)\le FFD(L)BFD(L)≤FFD(L). This transfers the bound from FFD to BFD on (211,1](\tfrac2{11},1](112​,1].
  4. Lemma 4.2. For every integer N≥4N\ge4N≥4 and L⊆(1N,12]L\subseteq(\tfrac1N,\tfrac12]L⊆(N1​,21​],
W(L)≥FFD(L)−N+2.W(L)\ge FFD(L)-N+2 .W(L)≥FFD(L)−N+2.
  1. The reduced assertion (Section 4, p. 314). If L⊆(211,1]L\subseteq(\tfrac2{11},1]L⊆(112​,1], then
FFD(L)≤119L∗+4.FFD(L)\le\frac{11}{9}L^*+4 .FFD(L)≤911​L∗+4.
  1. Theorem 3.1, the matching lower bound: for each k≥1k\ge1k≥1 there is a list with L∗=kL^*=kL∗=k and FFD(L)=BFD(L)>119L∗−2FFD(L)=BFD(L)>\tfrac{11}{9}L^*-2FFD(L)=BFD(L)>911​L∗−2.

Significance

The bound makes FFD and BFD, which run in O(nlog⁡n)O(n\log n)O(nlogn) time, the reference heuristics for off-line bin packing. The 119\tfrac{11}{9}911​ bound and its proof technique of weighting functions were the model for the analysis of many later packing and scheduling heuristics. Theorem 3.1 shows that the factor is exact, so together with the goal it determines lim⁡k→∞RFFD(k)=lim⁡k→∞RBFD(k)=119\lim_{k\to\infty}R_{FFD}(k)=\lim_{k\to\infty}R_{BFD}(k)=\tfrac{11}{9}limk→∞​RFFD​(k)=limk→∞​RBFD​(k)=911​, where RA(k)R_A(k)RA​(k) is the largest ratio A(L)/L∗A(L)/L^*A(L)/L∗ over lists with L∗=kL^*=kL∗=k.

The result is proved, but the source proves it only in part. The paper gives complete proofs of Lemma 3.3, Theorem 3.4 and Theorem 3.1. For the reduced assertion it gives only an outline, whose central inequalities involve maps the paper never defines, and it refers to the thesis for the details. Lemma 4.2 is proved in the paper through two claims. A formal proof of the goal must therefore either formalize one of the later complete proofs (Baker 1985, Yue 1991, Dósa 2007) or reconstruct the thesis argument. No machine-checked proof of the 119\tfrac{11}{9}911​ bound is present in Mathlib or on the platform.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, used for First-Fit in Section 2 of the same paper, assigns each element a weight depending only on its size, so that every bin of the algorithm's packing weighs at least 111 and every bin of an optimal packing weighs at most the target ratio. For FFD no weighting of single elements works at ratio 119\tfrac{11}{9}911​. Summing w1w_1w1​ over the elements overcharges the FFD packing: a set of elements fitting into one bin can carry total w1w_1w1​-weight well above 119\tfrac{11}{9}911​. The paper's remedy is a weight defined on pairs, W(X)W(X)W(X), which discounts elements that could share a bin with a larger one. Even with WWW, the bins of FFD whose largest element exceeds 12\tfrac1221​ do not fit the scheme. Handling them requires a case analysis that the paper only sketches and that runs to more than 75 pages in the thesis.

The BFD half cannot be obtained by bounding BFD by FFD in general: there are lists with BFD(L)=109FFD(L)BFD(L)=\tfrac{10}{9}FFD(L)BFD(L)=910​FFD(L). Theorem 3.4 works only because Lemma 3.3 first removes all elements below 211\tfrac2{11}112​.

Formalization scope

Lists are L : List ℝ with the predicate IsList L (0<a≤10<a\le10<a≤1 for every element), assumed by every statement. L∗L^*L∗ is optBins L, the least b : ℕ admitting a map from the items to Fin b with every bin sum at most 111. A run keeps the nonempty bins as a List (List ℝ) in index order and opens a new bin at the end exactly when no nonempty bin fits, which matches the paper's "least jjj" over infinitely many empty bins. The fit test is non-strict. FFD and BFD are FF and BF applied to sortDesc L, a stable merge sort into nonincreasing order. They are defined for every list, so the goal is stated for arbitrary, unsorted LLL. Positions are 000-based pairs (bin, place in bin) read off the run.

WWW sorts its argument into nonincreasing order, so index is the position in that order. It then minimizes over involutions of the positions, which encode the partitions into one- and two-element sets. Weights are real-valued; the paper's use of rationals is incidental. The range hypotheses are exactly the paper's: [16,1][\tfrac16,1][61​,1] is closed in Theorem 3.4, (211,1](\tfrac2{11},1](112​,1] is open at 211\tfrac2{11}112​, and Lemma 4.2 has 1N<a≤12\tfrac1N<a\le\tfrac12N1​<a≤21​.

A weakened goal, such as FFD(L)≤119L∗+cFFD(L)\le\tfrac{11}{9}L^*+cFFD(L)≤911​L∗+c with a larger ccc, a bound for sorted lists only, or the FFD half alone, is a different theorem and does not close the mission. Claims 3.4.1–3.4.4 and 3.4.7 and the inequalities (∗)(*)(∗), (∗∗)(**)(∗∗) of the outline are not stated: they concern the paper's step-by-step construction and the undefined maps fff, ggg.

A complete development needs basic lemmas about FF and BF runs (levels stay at most 111, a new bin opens only when nothing fits, runs on prefixes). It also needs invariance of FFD and BFD under permutations of equal elements, the monotonicity of L∗L^*L∗ under deletion, and L∗≥∑iaiL^*\ge\sum_i a_iL∗≥∑i​ai​. These are reusable in the other missions of this series. Proofs of individual milestones, alternative complete proofs of the goal, and sharper additive constants are all welcome.

Selected references

  • D. S. Johnson, A. Demers, J. D. Ullman, M. R. Garey, R. L. Graham, Worst-Case Performance Bounds for Simple One-Dimensional Packing Algorithms, SIAM Journal on Computing 3(4):299–325, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1137/0203025
  • D. S. Johnson, Near-Optimal Bin Packing Algorithms, Ph.D. thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1973 (reference [8] of the paper above).
  • B. S. Baker, A new proof for the first-fit decreasing bin-packing algorithm, Journal of Algorithms 6(1):49–70, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-6774(85)90018-5
  • M. Yue, A simple proof of the inequality FFD(L) ≤ 11/9 OPT(L) + 1, ∀L, for the FFD bin-packing algorithm, Acta Mathematicae Applicatae Sinica 7(4):321–331, 1991.
  • G. Dósa, The tight bound of first fit decreasing bin-packing algorithm is FFD(I) ≤ 11/9 OPT(I) + 6/9, ESCAPE 2007, LNCS 4614:1–11, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-74450-4_1
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Maximizing Non-Monotone Submodular Functions I: A Uniformly Random Set Achieves 1/4 of the Optimum, and 1/2 for Symmetric FunctionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many combinatorial optimization problems ask for a subset of a finite ground set that maximizes a set function with diminishing returns: Max Cut and Max Directed Cut in graphs, facility location, maximum entropy sampling, and welfare problems in combinatorial auctions all fit this pattern. The common abstraction is the maximization of a submodular function, the discrete analogue of a concave function. Unlike the monotone case, where the objective only grows as elements are added, the non-monotone problem has no constraint at all and is still NP-hard, since Max Cut is a special case.

For Max Cut and Max Directed Cut, the simplest algorithm there is, putting every vertex on a side by an independent fair coin, already cuts half, respectively a quarter, of the optimum in expectation. Feige, Mirrokni and Vondrák (SIAM J. Comput. 40(4), 2011; extended abstract at FOCS 2007) showed that this is not a feature of cut functions: the same random choice achieves the same factors for every nonnegative submodular function, and for every symmetric one. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 2.1 of the paper, together with the two sampling lemmas on which it rests. The paper's other results (a nonadaptive 1/3-approximation, deterministic and smoothed local search, and query lower bounds) are the subjects of companion missions in the same series.

Setting

Let XXX be a finite set with n=∣X∣n = |X|n=∣X∣ elements. A set function assigns a real number f(S)f(S)f(S) to every subset S⊆XS \subseteq XS⊆X. It is submodular if

f(S∪T)+f(S∩T)≤f(S)+f(T)for all S,T⊆X,f(S \cup T) + f(S \cap T) \le f(S) + f(T) \qquad \text{for all } S, T \subseteq X,f(S∪T)+f(S∩T)≤f(S)+f(T)for all S,T⊆X,

equivalently if the marginal value f(B∪{x})−f(B)f(B \cup \{x\}) - f(B)f(B∪{x})−f(B) of an element xxx does not increase as the set BBB grows. It is symmetric if f(X∖S)=f(S)f(X \setminus S) = f(S)f(X∖S)=f(S) for every S⊆XS \subseteq XS⊆X; the cut function of an undirected graph is the standard example. The optimum is

OPT=max⁡S⊆Xf(S).OPT = \max_{S \subseteq X} f(S).OPT=S⊆Xmax​f(S).

For p∈[0,1]p \in [0,1]p∈[0,1], X(p)X(p)X(p) denotes the random subset of XXX containing each element independently with probability ppp; similarly A(p)A(p)A(p) is the random subset of a fixed A⊆XA \subseteq XA⊆X. The Random Set Algorithm (RS) returns R=X(1/2)R = X(1/2)R=X(1/2), a uniformly random subset of XXX, without querying fff. Its expected value is the average of fff over all subsets,

E[f(R)]=F(12,…,12)=12n∑S⊆Xf(S),\mathbf{E}[f(R)] = F(\tfrac12, \dots, \tfrac12) = \frac{1}{2^n} \sum_{S \subseteq X} f(S),E[f(R)]=F(21​,…,21​)=2n1​S⊆X∑​f(S),

where F(x)=∑S⊆Xf(S)∏i∈Sxi∏i∉S(1−xi)F(x) = \sum_{S \subseteq X} f(S) \prod_{i \in S} x_i \prod_{i \notin S} (1 - x_i)F(x)=∑S⊆X​f(S)∏i∈S​xi​∏i∈/S​(1−xi​) is the multilinear extension of fff, the expectation of fff on a random set that includes element iii independently with probability xix_ixi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

For every nonnegative submodular f:2X→R+f : 2^X \to \mathbb{R}_+f:2X→R+​,

E[f(X(1/2))]≥14 OPT,\mathbf{E}[f(X(1/2))] \ge \tfrac14\, OPT,E[f(X(1/2))]≥41​OPT,

and if fff is in addition symmetric,

E[f(X(1/2))]≥12 OPT.\mathbf{E}[f(X(1/2))] \ge \tfrac12\, OPT.E[f(X(1/2))]≥21​OPT.

Both parts form the goal, stated as one theorem. The constants 14\tfrac1441​ and 12\tfrac1221​ are exact, not asymptotic, and they are tight: the directed cut of a single arc attains 14\tfrac1441​, and the cut of a single edge attains 12\tfrac1221​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.2. For submodular g:2X→Rg : 2^X \to \mathbb{R}g:2X→R, A⊆XA \subseteq XA⊆X and p∈[0,1]p \in [0,1]p∈[0,1],
E[g(A(p))]≥(1−p) g(∅)+p g(A).\mathbf{E}[g(A(p))] \ge (1-p)\, g(\emptyset) + p\, g(A).E[g(A(p))]≥(1−p)g(∅)+pg(A).
  1. Lemma 2.3. For submodular f:2X→Rf : 2^X \to \mathbb{R}f:2X→R, sets A,B⊆XA, B \subseteq XA,B⊆X that need not be disjoint, independent samples A(p)A(p)A(p), B(q)B(q)B(q), and p,q∈[0,1]p, q \in [0,1]p,q∈[0,1],
E[f(A(p)∪B(q))]≥(1−p)(1−q)f(∅)+p(1−q)f(A)+(1−p)qf(B)+pqf(A∪B).\mathbf{E}[f(A(p) \cup B(q))] \ge (1-p)(1-q) f(\emptyset) + p(1-q) f(A) + (1-p)q f(B) + pq f(A \cup B).E[f(A(p)∪B(q))]≥(1−p)(1−q)f(∅)+p(1−q)f(A)+(1−p)qf(B)+pqf(A∪B).
  1. The display in the proof of Theorem 2.1. For submodular f:2X→Rf : 2^X \to \mathbb{R}f:2X→R and every S⊆XS \subseteq XS⊆X, with Sˉ=X∖S\bar S = X \setminus SSˉ=X∖S,
E[f(X(1/2))]≥14f(∅)+14f(S)+14f(Sˉ)+14f(X).\mathbf{E}[f(X(1/2))] \ge \tfrac14 f(\emptyset) + \tfrac14 f(S) + \tfrac14 f(\bar S) + \tfrac14 f(X).E[f(X(1/2))]≥41​f(∅)+41​f(S)+41​f(Sˉ)+41​f(X).

The milestones need no sign on the function; nonnegativity enters only in the goal.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.1 gives an algorithm that makes no query at all and is still a constant-factor approximation for unconstrained non-monotone submodular maximization. It sets the baseline that every later algorithm for the problem is measured against: the paper's own nonadaptive 13\tfrac1331​-algorithm and its local search algorithms with factors 13\tfrac1331​ and 25\tfrac2552​, followed by later work culminating in the tight 12\tfrac1221​-approximation of Buchbinder, Feldman, Naor and Schwartz (FOCS 2012). The paper also shows that 14\tfrac1441​ is optimal among nonadaptive algorithms required to return one of the queried sets, and that 12\tfrac1221​ is optimal for symmetric functions among all algorithms using polynomially many value queries, so both factors of Theorem 2.1 have a precise place in the complexity landscape. Lemma 2.3, the probabilistic inequality behind it, is reused in the analyses of the nonadaptive algorithm and of smooth local search.

Formalizing it. The result is proved, with a short proof. What this mission adds is a machine-checked version of the random-set guarantee and of the two sampling lemmas, stated for arbitrary finite ground sets and, for the lemmas, for real-valued submodular functions without a sign. To our knowledge none of these statements has a machine-checked proof; Mathlib has no theory of submodular set functions or of their multilinear extension.

Difficulty

The goal itself is a two-line consequence of the third milestone. The work sits in the lemmas and in one change of viewpoint.

Lemma 2.2 is not a pointwise statement: the random set A(p)A(p)A(p) can be any subset of AAA, and ggg can be smaller on it than both g(∅)g(\emptyset)g(∅) and g(A)g(A)g(A). The inequality holds only in expectation, and only because submodularity controls the marginal value of each element uniformly across the sets it can be added to. Lemma 2.3 needs a conditioning argument over two independent samples; the sets AAA and BBB may overlap, and on A∩BA \cap BA∩B the union A(p)∪B(q)A(p) \cup B(q)A(p)∪B(q) contains an element with probability 1−(1−p)(1−q)1 - (1-p)(1-q)1−(1−p)(1−q), so it is not the product distribution with probability ppp on AAA and qqq on BBB. Finally, the third milestone requires identifying the uniform random subset X(1/2)X(1/2)X(1/2) with the union of independent half-samples of SSS and of its complement, as a statement about finite sums.

The obvious attempt at the goal, comparing f(R)f(R)f(R) with f(S∗)f(S^*)f(S∗) for an optimal S∗S^*S∗ set by set, fails: fff is not monotone, so a random set that contains most of S∗S^*S∗ may still have small value, and a random set can pick up elements that hurt.

Formalization scope

The ground set is a Lean type X with [Fintype X] [DecidableEq X]; subsets are Finset X and set functions are f : Finset X → ℝ. Submodularity is the lattice inequality of Definition 1.1, not the decreasing-marginals property. Nonnegativity, the paper's standing assumption f:2X→R+f : 2^X \to \mathbb{R}_+f:2X→R+​, is the hypothesis ∀ S, 0 ≤ f S; it appears only in the goal. Symmetry is ∀ S, f Sᶜ = f S for all subsets, not only for an optimal one. OPTOPTOPT is Finset.univ.sup' Finset.univ_nonempty f, a maximum over the always nonempty family of all subsets, so it is attained. The ground set may be empty; the goal holds there too and no nonemptiness is assumed.

Expectations are written as exact finite sums, not as integrals. E[f(X(1/2))]\mathbf{E}[f(X(1/2))]E[f(X(1/2))] is the multilinear extension F f (fun _ => 1/2). E[g(A(p))]\mathbf{E}[g(A(p))]E[g(A(p))] is ∑T⊆Ap∣T∣(1−p)∣A∖T∣g(T)\sum_{T \subseteq A} p^{|T|}(1-p)^{|A \setminus T|} g(T)∑T⊆A​p∣T∣(1−p)∣A∖T∣g(T), and E[f(A(p)∪B(q))]\mathbf{E}[f(A(p) \cup B(q))]E[f(A(p)∪B(q))] is the double sum over independent samples S⊆AS \subseteq AS⊆A, T⊆BT \subseteq BT⊆B with the product of the two weights. The ranges 0≤p≤10 \le p \le 10≤p≤1 and 0≤q≤10 \le q \le 10≤q≤1, implied in the paper by the word "probability", are explicit hypotheses; Lemma 2.2 is false without them.

Trivializing formalizations are excluded: the weights are exactly those of the uniform distribution on all 2n2^n2n subsets, OPTOPTOPT is the true maximum rather than the value at one fixed set, and fff is required to be both nonnegative and submodular.

Reusable infrastructure produced by a complete development: the multilinear extension of a set function and its expression as an expectation, product-weight identities for independent sampling of subsets (including the decomposition of X(1/2)X(1/2)X(1/2) along a set and its complement), and Lemmas 2.2 and 2.3, which the companion missions on the nonadaptive algorithm and on smooth local search also need. Proofs of any milestone are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • U. Feige, V. S. Mirrokni, J. Vondrák, Maximizing Non-Monotone Submodular Functions, SIAM Journal on Computing 40(4):1133–1153, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1137/090779346
  • U. Feige, V. S. Mirrokni, J. Vondrák, Maximizing non-monotone submodular functions, Proceedings of the 48th IEEE Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science (FOCS), 2007, pp. 461–471. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2007.29
  • N. Buchbinder, M. Feldman, J. Naor, R. Schwartz, A Tight Linear Time (1/2)-Approximation for Unconstrained Submodular Maximization, SIAM Journal on Computing 44(5):1384–1402, 2015 (FOCS 2012). https://doi.org/10.1137/130929205
  • G. L. Nemhauser, L. A. Wolsey, M. L. Fisher, An analysis of approximations for maximizing submodular set functions — I, Mathematical Programming 14:265–294, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01588971
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Techniques for Average Completion Time Scheduling IV: List Scheduling from an Optimal One-Machine Schedule Is a 2-Approximation for In-TreesResearch Paper

Motivation

Minimizing the sum of weighted completion times of jobs on identical parallel machines is one of the basic objectives of machine scheduling: it measures the average time a job spends in the system, weighted by its importance. When the jobs are subject to precedence constraints (a job may start only after certain other jobs have finished), the problem is strongly NP-hard already in very restricted cases, and the question becomes how close to optimal a polynomial-time algorithm can guarantee to be.

Chekuri, Motwani, Natarajan and Stein, Approximation Techniques for Average Completion Time Scheduling (SIAM J. Comput. 31(1), 2001, doi:10.1137/S0097539797327180), develop a general way to turn a good schedule for a single machine into a good schedule for mmm machines. For arbitrary precedence constraints their conversion (Delay List, §4.1–4.3) loses a factor (1+β)ρ+(1+1/β)(1+\beta)\rho+(1+1/\beta)(1+β)ρ+(1+1/β) over a ρ\rhoρ-approximate one-machine schedule, which is 444 when the one-machine schedule is optimal. In §4.4 they show that for in-tree precedence without release dates, the plain list-scheduling rule of Graham, fed with an optimal one-machine schedule, already achieves ratio 222. In-trees are the precedence structures of assembly processes: every job feeds into at most one later job.

Timeline of the relevant results:

  • 1966–1969: Graham introduces list scheduling on parallel machines and analyzes it for makespan (Graham 1969).
  • 1972: Horn gives a polynomial-time optimal one-machine algorithm for weighted completion time under treelike precedence (Horn 1972).
  • 1977: Adolphson gives O(nlog⁡n)O(n\log n)O(nlogn) one-machine algorithms for tree and series-parallel precedence (Adolphson 1977, the paper's reference [1]).
  • 2001: Chekuri, Motwani, Natarajan and Stein prove the ratio-222 bound for in-trees on mmm machines (Theorem 4.17).

Setting

There are nnn jobs J0,…,Jn−1J_0,\dots,J_{n-1}J0​,…,Jn−1​ and m≥1m\ge 1m≥1 identical machines. Job JjJ_jJj​ has a processing time pj>0p_j>0pj​>0 and a weight wj>0w_j>0wj​>0; every job is available at time 000 (there are no release dates).

The precedence constraints form an in-tree (more generally, an in-forest): every job jjj has at most one immediate successor succ⁡(j)\operatorname{succ}(j)succ(j), and following successors never returns to the start. Write i≺ji\prec ji≺j if jjj is reached from iii by following successors one or more times.

A feasible schedule SmS^mSm on mmm machines gives each job a start time Sj≥0S_j\ge 0Sj​≥0 and a machine; a job runs without interruption for pjp_jpj​ time units; two jobs on the same machine do not overlap; and i≺ji\prec ji≺j implies that jjj starts no earlier than iii completes. The completion time is Cjm=Sj+pjC^m_j=S_j+p_jCjm​=Sj​+pj​ and the value of the schedule is ∑jwjCjm\sum_j w_jC^m_j∑j​wj​Cjm​.

The critical-path length κj\kappa_jκj​ (Definition 4.1 with no release dates) is κj=pj\kappa_j=p_jκj​=pj​ if jjj has no predecessors and κj=pj+max⁡i≺jκi\kappa_j=p_j+\max_{i\prec j}\kappa_iκj​=pj​+maxi≺j​κi​ otherwise.

A list is an ordering π\piπ of the jobs that obeys the precedence constraints. It defines the one-machine schedule S1S^1S1 that runs the jobs in list order without idle time; its completion times are Cj1C^1_jCj1​, the total processing time of the jobs up to and including jjj in the list. An optimal one-machine schedule is a list minimizing C1=∑jwjCj1C^1=\sum_j w_jC^1_jC1=∑j​wj​Cj1​.

List scheduling (Graham's rule, footnote 3 of the paper) on mmm machines with list π\piπ: whenever a machine is free, start on it the first job of the list that is ready, i.e. whose predecessors have all completed.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.17

Let π\piπ be an optimal one-machine schedule and GGG the list schedule on mmm machines with list π\piπ. Then for every feasible mmm-machine schedule NNN,

∑jwjCjG ≤ 2∑jwjCjN.\sum_j w_jC^G_j\ \le\ 2\sum_j w_jC^N_j .j∑​wj​CjG​ ≤ 2j∑​wj​CjN​.

Milestones

Lemma 4.16 (any precedence-respecting list π\piπ, with its idle-free one-machine schedule S1S^1S1): for every job iii,

CiG ≤ κi+Ci1m.C^G_i\ \le\ \kappa_i+\frac{C^1_i}{m}.CiG​ ≤ κi​+mCi1​​.

Lemma 4.10: COPTm≥COPT1/mC^m_{\mathrm{OPT}}\ge C^1_{\mathrm{OPT}}/mCOPTm​≥COPT1​/m, i.e. ∑jwjCj1/m≤∑jwjCjN\sum_j w_jC^1_j/m\le\sum_j w_jC^N_j∑j​wj​Cj1​/m≤∑j​wj​CjN​ for an optimal list and every feasible NNN.

Lemma 4.11: COPTm≥∑iwiκi=COPT∞C^m_{\mathrm{OPT}}\ge\sum_i w_i\kappa_i=C^\infty_{\mathrm{OPT}}COPTm​≥∑i​wi​κi​=COPT∞​, i.e. ∑iwiκi≤∑iwiCiN\sum_i w_i\kappa_i\le\sum_i w_iC^N_i∑i​wi​κi​≤∑i​wi​CiN​ for every feasible NNN on any number of machines, and the value ∑iwiκi\sum_i w_i\kappa_i∑i​wi​κi​ is attained by a feasible schedule on nnn machines.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4.17 gives a simple, fast algorithm with a guaranteed factor 222 for a strongly NP-hard problem, halving the factor 444 that the general Delay List conversion gives for the same class. The per-job bound of Lemma 4.16 is stronger than the aggregate statement: every single job completes within its critical-path length plus a 1/m1/m1/m share of its one-machine completion time, so the same bound applies to other objectives built from completion times.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is complete and short, but it argues about events at a time ttt (jobs that finish exactly at ttt, jobs that become ready at ttt, machines freed at ttt) and runs an induction over jobs ordered by start time with an invariant about idle time. A machine-checked version fixes what "list scheduling" means precisely, pins down the counting argument that uses the in-tree structure, and yields reusable definitions of nonpreemptive parallel-machine schedules, critical paths and list schedules. To the knowledge of this mission, none of these results has a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

List scheduling may start a job that is late in the list before an earlier one, because the earlier job is not yet ready; so the one-machine order is not preserved and the obvious comparison with S1S^1S1 fails. Idle machines are the other obstacle: a machine can stay idle while a job waits for its predecessors, and a per-job bound of the form κi+Ci1/m\kappa_i+C^1_i/mκi​+Ci1​/m holds only if such idle time can be accounted for by JiJ_iJi​'s own chain of predecessors. For general precedence constraints, and for out-trees (every job has at most one immediate predecessor), the paper's accounting breaks down, and the paper states the per-job bound only for in-trees; the in-tree structure is essential to the argument. Events with several jobs finishing at the same instant, and ties in start times, have to be handled without loss.

Formalization scope

  • Jobs are Fin n, machines Fin m, times real numbers. Processing times and weights are strictly positive. There are no release dates: start times are nonnegative. The paper admits pj=0p_j=0pj​=0 only in lower-bound instances elsewhere; the bounds here assume pj>0p_j>0pj​>0.
  • In-trees are encoded by an immediate-successor map succ : Fin n → Option (Fin n) with no cycles; this covers in-forests, the reading of "in-trees" in Theorem 4.17. The precedence relation is its transitive closure.
  • κ\kappaκ is defined by well-founded recursion on the precedence order, exactly as Definition 4.1 with r≡0r\equiv 0r≡0.
  • One-machine schedules are represented by their precedence-respecting order and are idle-free; with no release dates and positive processing times idle time only delays jobs, so optimality among orders is optimality among one-machine schedules. The optimal one-machine schedule is a hypothesis of the goal; the paper's O(nlog⁡n)O(n\log n)O(nlogn) algorithm for computing it (reference [1]) is not formalized, and the running-time claim of Theorem 4.17 is not stated. A separate item asserts that an optimal order exists.
  • List scheduling is specified by two properties that determine Graham's rule up to machine labels: no machine is idle while a ready job waits, and among jobs ready at a start time the earlier one in the list starts first. A separate item asserts that such a schedule exists for every precedence-respecting list, so the goal is not vacuous.
  • Optima are never formed as infima: the approximation ratio is stated against every feasible schedule. A statement of the form "there is an algorithm with ratio 2" would be trivial (an optimal schedule exists) and is ruled out: the goal is about the paper's algorithm.
  • The equality ∑iwiκi=COPT∞\sum_i w_i\kappa_i=C^\infty_{\mathrm{OPT}}∑i​wi​κi​=COPT∞​ in Lemma 4.11 is stated as attainment on nnn machines (as many machines as jobs), which together with the lower bound on every number of machines is the optimum with unboundedly many machines.

Welcome contributions: proofs of the two existence items (Graham's list schedule by event-driven construction; an optimal order over the finite set of linear extensions), of Lemmas 4.10 and 4.11, and of Lemma 4.16. The schedule and list-scheduling definitions are reusable for other parallel-machine results with precedence constraints.

Selected references

  • C. Chekuri, R. Motwani, B. Natarajan, C. Stein, Approximation Techniques for Average Completion Time Scheduling, SIAM J. Comput. 31(1):146–166, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539797327180
  • R. L. Graham, Bounds on multiprocessing timing anomalies, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 17(2):416–429, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1137/0117039
  • W. A. Horn, Single-machine job sequencing with treelike precedence ordering and linear delay penalties, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 23(2):189–202, 1972. https://doi.org/10.1137/0123021
  • D. L. Adolphson, Single machine job sequencing with precedence constraints, SIAM J. Comput. 6(1):40–54, 1977. https://doi.org/10.1137/0206002
6 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Techniques for Average Completion Time Scheduling III: From One Machine to Many with Delay ListResearch Paper

Motivation

Minimizing the sum of weighted completion times ∑jwjCj\sum_j w_jC_j∑j​wj​Cj​ is one of the standard objectives of machine scheduling: it measures the average time a job spends in the system, weighted by its importance. With release dates or precedence constraints the problem is NP-hard already on one machine, and on mmm identical parallel machines it is harder still, so the literature of the 1990s concentrated on approximation algorithms. Many of these, including LP-based ones, are naturally designed for a single machine, where an order of the jobs determines the schedule.

Chekuri, Motwani, Natarajan and Stein (SIAM J. Comput. 31(1), 2001) gave a generic way to move from one machine to many. Their §4 describes an algorithm, Delay List, that takes any one-machine schedule as a priority list and produces an mmm-machine schedule, and proves that a ρ\rhoρ-approximate one-machine schedule yields a ((1+β)ρ+1+1/β)\bigl((1+\beta)\rho+1+1/\beta\bigr)((1+β)ρ+1+1/β)-approximate mmm-machine schedule for every β>0\beta>0β>0. The guarantee holds with release dates and arbitrary precedence constraints simultaneously, which at the time gave the best bounds known for several special cases, for example a factor 4 for series-parallel precedence without release dates.

Setting

An instance has nnn jobs J0,…,Jn−1J_0,\dots,J_{n-1}J0​,…,Jn−1​. Job JjJ_jJj​ has processing time pj>0p_j>0pj​>0, release date rj≥0r_j\ge 0rj​≥0 and weight wj>0w_j>0wj​>0. Precedence constraints form a strict partial order ≺\prec≺: i≺ji\prec ji≺j means that JjJ_jJj​ may start only after JiJ_iJi​ completes.

A feasible nonpreemptive schedule on mmm machines assigns each job a start time SjS_jSj​ and a machine; each job runs uninterrupted for pjp_jpj​ time units on its machine, two jobs on one machine do not overlap, Sj≥rjS_j\ge r_jSj​≥rj​, and Si+pi≤SjS_i+p_i\le S_jSi​+pi​≤Sj​ whenever i≺ji\prec ji≺j. The completion time is Cj=Sj+pjC_j=S_j+p_jCj​=Sj​+pj​ and the value of the schedule is ∑jwjCj\sum_j w_jC_j∑j​wj​Cj​. A one-machine schedule is the case m=1m=1m=1.

The critical-path length κj\kappa_jκj​ (Definition 4.1) is pj+rjp_j+r_jpj​+rj​ for a job without predecessors and pj+max⁡{max⁡i≺jκi, rj}p_j+\max\{\max_{i\prec j}\kappa_i,\,r_j\}pj​+max{maxi≺j​κi​,rj​} otherwise; it is the earliest time JjJ_jJj​ could complete with unlimited machines.

A list is an ordering π\piπ of the jobs. Delay List with parameter β>0\beta>0β>0 processes time continuously. A job is ready once it is released and all its predecessors have completed; qjmq^m_jqjm​ is the time it becomes ready. The head is the first unscheduled job of the list. Idle machine-time is recorded as charged to jobs. Whenever a machine is idle:

  1. if the head is ready, it is started, and charged all uncharged idle time in (qjm,sjm)(q^m_j,s^m_j)(qjm​,sjm​);
  2. otherwise the first ready job JkJ_kJk​ of the list is started as soon as at least βpk\beta p_kβpk​ units of uncharged idle time have accumulated, and is charged βpk\beta p_kβpk​ of it;
  3. otherwise nothing happens.

For a job JiJ_iJi​, BiB_iBi​ is the set of jobs up to and including JiJ_iJi​ in the list, AiA_iAi​ the set after it, Oi⊆AiO_i\subseteq A_iOi​⊆Ai​ the set of jobs of AiA_iAi​ started before JiJ_iJi​, and p(A)=∑k∈Apkp(A)=\sum_{k\in A}p_kp(A)=∑k∈A​pk​. Definition 4.4 builds from the schedule a backward path Pi′P'_iPi′​ ending at JiJ_iJi​, whose length is κi′\kappa'_iκi′​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.13

Let S1S^1S1 be a feasible one-machine schedule of the instance with ∑jwjCj1≤ρ∑jwjCj′\sum_j w_jC^1_j\le\rho\sum_j w_jC'_j∑j​wj​Cj1​≤ρ∑j​wj​Cj′​ for every feasible one-machine schedule C′C'C′. Let m≥2m\ge 2m≥2 and β>0\beta>0β>0. Every Delay List schedule SmS^mSm built on the completion order of S1S^1S1 satisfies, for every feasible mmm-machine schedule NNN,

∑jwjCjm≤((1+β)ρ+1+1β)∑jwjCjN.\sum_j w_jC^m_j\le\Bigl((1+\beta)\rho+1+\frac1\beta\Bigr)\sum_j w_jC^N_j .j∑​wj​Cjm​≤((1+β)ρ+1+β1​)j∑​wj​CjN​.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  • Fact 4.5: κi′≤κi\kappa'_i\le\kappa_iκi′​≤κi​.
  • Fact 4.6: the idle time charged to JiJ_iJi​ is at most βpi\beta p_iβpi​.
  • Lemma 4.7: no uncharged idle time remains in (qim,sim)(q^m_i,s^m_i)(qim​,sim​), and that idle time is charged only to jobs in BiB_iBi​.
  • Lemma 4.8: the idle time charged to AiA_iAi​ within (0,sim)(0,s^m_i)(0,sim​) is at most m(κi′−pi)m(\kappa'_i-p_i)m(κi′​−pi​), so p(Oi)≤m(κi′−pi)/β≤m(κi−pi)/βp(O_i)\le m(\kappa'_i-p_i)/\beta\le m(\kappa_i-p_i)/\betap(Oi​)≤m(κi′​−pi​)/β≤m(κi​−pi​)/β.
  • Theorem 4.9: Cim≤(1+β)p(Bi)/m+(1+1/β)κi′−pi/βC^m_i\le(1+\beta)p(B_i)/m+(1+1/\beta)\kappa'_i-p_i/\betaCim​≤(1+β)p(Bi​)/m+(1+1/β)κi′​−pi​/β for any list obeying precedence.
  • Lemma 4.10: COPTm≥COPT1/mC^m_{\mathrm{OPT}}\ge C^1_{\mathrm{OPT}}/mCOPTm​≥COPT1​/m.
  • Lemma 4.11: COPTm≥∑iwiκi=COPT∞C^m_{\mathrm{OPT}}\ge\sum_i w_i\kappa_i=C^\infty_{\mathrm{OPT}}COPTm​≥∑i​wi​κi​=COPT∞​.
  • Corollary 4.12: Cim≤(1+β)Ci1/m+(1+1/β)κiC^m_i\le(1+\beta)C^1_i/m+(1+1/\beta)\kappa_iCim​≤(1+β)Ci1​/m+(1+1/β)κi​ when the list is the completion order of S1S^1S1.

A further item states that a Delay List schedule exists for every instance and every list, so that the goal does not hold vacuously.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4.13 turns every one-machine approximation algorithm for weighted completion time with release dates and precedence into an mmm-machine algorithm at a bounded loss. With an optimal one-machine schedule and β=1\beta=1β=1 the factor is 444 (Corollary 4.14, for series-parallel orders), and the bounds are job-by-job (Theorem 4.9, Corollary 4.12), which the paper uses in Remark 4.15 to extend the method to other metrics and to one-machine schedules that ignore release dates. The same algorithm is the engine of the paper's 222\sqrt222​-approximation for parallel machines with release dates (§4.5).

Formalizing it. The theorem has been proved since 1997 (SODA) and 2001 (journal). There is no machine-checked version of it or of any of its lemmas, and the platform currently has no model of scheduling with release dates and precedence constraints. A formalization produces a precise specification of Delay List, whose informal description is given in discrete time and repaired in a remark; a checked proof of the charging argument; and reusable lower bounds (Lemmas 4.10 and 4.11) for any later work on parallel-machine scheduling with precedence.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt, list scheduling (start the first available job of the list whenever a machine is free), fails with non-identical processing times: a long job taken out of order can occupy a machine and delay a more valuable job that becomes ready shortly afterwards. Delay List allows out-of-order jobs only against accumulated idle time, and the analysis rests on a charging invariant. Stating it needs care about time (the paper's discrete-time exposition can over-charge by a time unit), about which idle time a charge consumes, and about many jobs being scheduled at one instant. The bound must hold simultaneously for release dates and arbitrary precedence constraints, where idle machines can be forced both by jobs that are not yet released and by chains of predecessors, and it must hold for every tie-breaking choice of the algorithm.

Formalization scope

Jobs are Fin n, machines Fin m, and times are real numbers. Processing times are positive, release dates nonnegative and weights positive, as in §1. Precedence is a strict partial order, the transitive closure of the paper's DAG; κ\kappaκ, readiness and feasibility are unchanged by taking the closure. The optimum is never a real infimum: "within a factor ρ\rhoρ of an optimal one-machine schedule" and "within a factor ccc of an optimal mmm-machine schedule" are inequalities against every feasible schedule of the same instance, with the same release dates and precedence constraints.

Delay List is formalized in the continuous-time version described in the proof of Fact 4.6, as a predicate on runs that records start times, machines, the order in which jobs are scheduled at equal times, and charge windows. A case-2 charge takes the most recent uncharged idle time, and idle time is charged by whole time slices. Every guarantee is claimed for every run satisfying the predicate. The ties in Definition 4.4 are broken arbitrarily, so statements involving κi′\kappa'_iκi′​ hold for every admissible path. Lemma 4.10 uses nonpreemptive one-machine schedules. Lemma 4.11's COPT∞C^\infty_{\mathrm{OPT}}COPT∞​ is modelled by nnn machines.

It would be trivializing to assume the conclusions of Fact 4.6 or Lemma 4.7 as properties of the run, or to measure ρ\rhoρ against a relaxation without release dates or precedence; both are ruled out. The algorithm's rules are the only hypotheses on the run.

Not stated: the running time of Delay List; the discrete-time algorithm; Corollary 4.14 (it needs a formal class of series-parallel orders and the external one-machine algorithm of Adolphson for them); Remark 4.15 (release-date-free one-machine schedules), whose hypotheses the paper does not pin down; and the extension to delays between jobs. Contributions of general infrastructure, such as idle-time accounting for step functions and lemmas about list schedules under precedence, are welcome and reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • C. Chekuri, R. Motwani, B. Natarajan, C. Stein, Approximation Techniques for Average Completion Time Scheduling, SIAM Journal on Computing 31(1):146–166, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539797327180
  • R. L. Graham, Bounds for certain multiprocessing anomalies, Bell System Technical Journal 45:1563–1581, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.1538-7305.1966.tb01709.x
  • D. Adolphson, Single machine job sequencing with precedence constraints, SIAM Journal on Computing 6(1):40–54, 1977. https://doi.org/10.1137/0206002
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Techniques for Average Completion Time Scheduling II: A 2.83-Approximation for Parallel Machines with Release DatesResearch Paper

Motivation

Minimizing the average completion time of jobs that arrive over time is a basic objective in machine scheduling. It measures how long a job spends in the system on average. With several identical machines, release dates and no preemption (written P∣rj∣∑CjP|r_j|\sum C_jP∣rj​∣∑Cj​), the problem is strongly NP-hard already on one machine. Research has therefore looked for approximation algorithms: polynomial-time rules whose total completion time is provably within a constant factor of every feasible schedule.

A common approach solves a relaxation that is easy to optimize and converts its solution into a feasible schedule. Chekuri, Motwani, Natarajan and Stein (SIAM J. Comput. 31(1), 2001) use a relaxation that needs neither linear programming nor dynamic programming: pretend that the mmm machines are one machine that is mmm times as fast, and allow preemption.

Timeline:

  • 1996, Chakrabarti, Phillips, Schulz, Shmoys, Stein and Wein (ICALP 1996, LNCS 1099, pp. 646–657): a (2.89+ϵ)(2.89+\epsilon)(2.89+ϵ)-approximation for P∣rj∣∑CjP|r_j|\sum C_jP∣rj​∣∑Cj​.
  • 2001, Chekuri, Motwani, Natarajan and Stein (SIAM J. Comput. 31(1), §3 and §4.5). §3 gives a simple (3−1/m)(3-1/m)(3−1/m)-approximation by list scheduling from the one-machine relaxation. §4.5 combines it with the Delay List conversion to obtain 22≈2.832\sqrt2\approx2.8322​≈2.83. This mission's goal is the §4.5 result.
  • 1999, Afrati, Bampis, Chekuri, Karger, Kenyon, Khanna, Milis, Queyranne, Skutella, Stein and Sviridenko (FOCS 1999, pp. 32–43): polynomial-time approximation schemes for P∣rj∣∑wjCjP|r_j|\sum w_jC_jP∣rj​∣∑wj​Cj​. These settle the approximability, but the algorithms are far more involved than the ones formalized here.

Setting

An instance has nnn jobs J0,…,Jn−1J_0,\dots,J_{n-1}J0​,…,Jn−1​ and m≥1m\ge1m≥1 identical machines. Job JjJ_jJj​ has a processing time pj>0p_j>0pj​>0 and a release date rj≥0r_j\ge0rj​≥0.

A feasible schedule gives each job a start time Sj≥rjS_j\ge r_jSj​≥rj​ and a machine. Job JjJ_jJj​ runs without interruption on its machine during [Sj,Sj+pj)[S_j,S_j+p_j)[Sj​,Sj​+pj​), and two jobs on the same machine never overlap. The completion times are Cj=Sj+pjC_j=S_j+p_jCj​=Sj​+pj​ and the objective is ∑jCj\sum_j C_j∑j​Cj​. Cj∗C^*_jCj∗​ denotes the completion times of an arbitrary feasible schedule, against which every bound is stated.

The one-machine relaxation I1I1I1 has the same jobs and a single machine. Job JjJ_jJj​ has processing time pj/mp_j/mpj​/m and release date rjr_jrj​ in I1I1I1, and may be preempted. A preemptive schedule P1P1P1 of I1I1I1 gives each job a processing rate ρj(t)≥0\rho_j(t)\ge0ρj​(t)≥0. The rates sum to at most 111 at each time, and no job is processed before its release date. Each job receives pj/mp_j/mpj​/m units in total. Its completion time CjP1C^{P1}_jCjP1​ is the first time by which all of it has been processed. P1P1P1 is optimal if ∑jCjP1\sum_j C^{P1}_j∑j​CjP1​ is minimal among all such schedules.

A list is an ordering π\piπ of the jobs, and the completion order of P1P1P1 lists the jobs by nondecreasing CjP1C^{P1}_jCjP1​. Two ways of turning a list into an mmm-machine schedule are compared.

  • Strict-order list scheduling gives the schedule NNN. The jobs start in the order of the list. Each job starts at the earliest time that is no earlier than its release date, no earlier than the previous job's start, and at which some machine is free.
  • Delay List with parameter β>0\beta>0β>0 gives the schedule DDD. When a machine is idle, Delay List starts the first unscheduled job of the list if it has been released. If that job has not been released, the first released job of the list may jump ahead, but only once at least βpj\beta p_jβpj​ units of idle time (machine × time) have accumulated that no earlier job has charged. The job then charges exactly that amount. A job started in list order charges all uncharged idle time since its release.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 4.19

With P1P1P1 optimal, π\piπ its completion order, NNN the strict-order list schedule of π\piπ and DDD a Delay List schedule of π\piπ with β0=3−22\beta_0=\sqrt{3-2\sqrt2}β0​=3−22​​, every feasible schedule satisfies

min⁡(∑jCjN, ∑jCjD)≤22 ∑jCj∗.\min\Bigl(\sum_j C^N_j,\ \sum_j C^D_j\Bigr)\le 2\sqrt2\,\sum_j C^*_j .min(j∑​CjN​, j∑​CjD​)≤22​j∑​Cj∗​.

The printed lemma says 2.832.832.83. Its proof gives 22≈2.82842\sqrt2\approx2.828422​≈2.8284, which is stated here.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. (4.2): if ∑jpj>α∑jCj∗\sum_j p_j>\alpha\sum_j C^*_j∑j​pj​>α∑j​Cj∗​ then ∑jrj≤(1−α)∑jCj∗\sum_j r_j\le(1-\alpha)\sum_j C^*_j∑j​rj​≤(1−α)∑j​Cj∗​.
  2. Lemma 3.1: ∑jCjP1≤∑jCj∗\sum_j C^{P1}_j\le\sum_j C^*_j∑j​CjP1​≤∑j​Cj∗​ for P1P1P1 optimal.
  3. (3.3): ∑jCjN≤2∑jCjP1+(1−1/m)∑jpj\sum_j C^N_j\le 2\sum_j C^{P1}_j+(1-1/m)\sum_j p_j∑j​CjN​≤2∑j​CjP1​+(1−1/m)∑j​pj​ for any P1P1P1.
  4. Lemma 3.2: ∑jCjN≤(3−1/m)∑jCj∗\sum_j C^N_j\le(3-1/m)\sum_j C^*_j∑j​CjN​≤(3−1/m)∑j​Cj∗​.
  5. Theorem 4.9, specialised to no precedence constraints. With BiB_iBi​ the jobs at or before JiJ_iJi​ in the list,
CiD≤(1+β)p(Bi)m+(1+1β)(ri+pi)−piβ.C^D_i\le\frac{(1+\beta)p(B_i)}{m}+\Bigl(1+\frac1\beta\Bigr)(r_i+p_i)-\frac{p_i}{\beta}.CiD​≤m(1+β)p(Bi​)​+(1+β1​)(ri​+pi​)−βpi​​.
  1. Lemma 4.18: ∑jCjD≤(2+β)∑jCj∗+1β∑jrj\sum_j C^D_j\le(2+\beta)\sum_j C^*_j+\frac1\beta\sum_j r_j∑j​CjD​≤(2+β)∑j​Cj∗​+β1​∑j​rj​.
  2. The balanced bound: under (4.2)'s hypothesis, ∑jCjD≤(2+β+(1−α)/β)∑jCj∗\sum_j C^D_j\le(2+\beta+(1-\alpha)/\beta)\sum_j C^*_j∑j​CjD​≤(2+β+(1−α)/β)∑j​Cj∗​.
  3. The constants: at α=22−2\alpha=2\sqrt2-2α=22​−2 and β=3−22\beta=\sqrt{3-2\sqrt2}β=3−22​​, 2+α=2+β+(1−α)/β=222+\alpha=2+\beta+(1-\alpha)/\beta=2\sqrt22+α=2+β+(1−α)/β=22​.

Two existence statements accompany them. One says an optimal P1P1P1 exists. The other says a Delay List schedule exists for every list and every β>0\beta>0β>0.

Significance

The result gives a 222\sqrt222​-approximation for P∣rj∣∑CjP|r_j|\sum C_jP∣rj​∣∑Cj​ that is simple to state and runs in O(nlog⁡n)O(n\log n)O(nlogn) time. It improves the 2.89+ϵ2.89+\epsilon2.89+ϵ bound of Chakrabarti et al. Neither of its two algorithms achieves the ratio alone. It comes from an analysis in which each algorithm is good exactly when the other is bad. List scheduling is good when processing times are small relative to the optimum. Delay List is good when release dates are small. The inequality (4.2) connects the two cases.

The component results are reusable beyond this paper. The one-machine relaxation lower bound (Lemma 3.1) and the (3−1/m)(3-1/m)(3−1/m) bound for list scheduling from it (Lemma 3.2) apply to any conversion from a fast single machine. The per-job bound of Theorem 4.9 is the core of the Delay List technique. Its general form, with precedence constraints, drives the paper's results for precedence-constrained scheduling.

All results are proved in the paper. None of them has a machine-checked proof that this mission knows of. A formalization would check the Delay List charging argument, which the paper states only in discrete time and adapts to continuous time in one sentence. It would also produce reusable Lean definitions of parallel-machine schedules with release dates and of list scheduling.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of the goal is routine once the milestones are in place. The substance lies in two places.

The first is Lemma 3.1 together with the "standard makespan argument" behind (3.2). The one-machine relaxation must be related to the mmm-machine schedule, and to the list schedule, with care about release dates. In particular, in the list schedule every machine is busy between the last release among the first jjj jobs of the list and the start of the jjj-th job. Proving this needs the strict order.

The second, and harder, is Theorem 4.9. The obvious argument bounds the waiting time of job JiJ_iJi​ by the work of the jobs ahead of it, but Delay List lets later jobs jump ahead. The idle time before JiJ_iJi​ starts and the work of the jobs that jump ahead of it must both be controlled, and the paper's charging argument for this depends on where charged idle time lies on the time axis and on which jobs charged it. Making that bookkeeping precise for a continuous-time algorithm is the main formalization cost.

Formalization scope

Jobs are Fin n and machines Fin m with m≥1m\ge1m≥1. Times are real, processing times are positive and release dates nonnegative. There are no weights and no precedence constraints. "Optimal" is never an infimum. Every bound is stated against every feasible nonpreemptive schedule, and P1P1P1's optimality is the hypothesis that its total completion time is at most that of every preemptive schedule of I1I1I1.

Committed conventions:

  • Preemptive schedules of I1I1I1 are rate functions, so the machine of I1I1I1 may be shared. The paper's one-job-at-a-time schedules are a special case.
  • Lists are bijections Fin n ≃ Fin n. A list of P1P1P1 may break ties in completion time in any way, and every such list is covered.
  • NNN is the strict-order variant of list scheduling, which footnote 3 of the paper contrasts with the greedy variant used in §4. It is a recursive definition over list positions.
  • Delay List is the continuous-time algorithm, as adopted in the proof of Fact 4.6. It is a predicate on start times, machines, the scheduling order and charge windows. A job scheduled out of order takes its charge from the most recent uncharged idle time; the paper leaves this placement open. Theorem 4.9 and Lemma 4.18 assume m≥2m\ge2m≥2, the setting of §4.1. The goal assumes only m≥1m\ge1m≥1.
  • The printed Lemma 4.18 lacks a ∑j\sum_j∑j​ on the C∗C^*C∗ term. The summed form of its proof's last display is stated.

The statement cannot be made easy by the hypotheses. Two existence items show that an optimal P1P1P1 and a Delay List schedule always exist, so no statement is vacuous. The bound is against every feasible schedule, not against the relaxation's value.

Not stated: the O(nlog⁡n)O(n\log n)O(nlogn) running time, the on-line version of §3's algorithm, and Delay List with precedence constraints (Theorem 4.9 in general, which is the subject of mission III of this series). Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and reusable lemmas on list scheduling with release dates.

Selected references

  • C. Chekuri, R. Motwani, B. Natarajan, C. Stein, Approximation Techniques for Average Completion Time Scheduling, SIAM J. Comput. 31(1):146–166, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539797327180
  • S. Chakrabarti, C. A. Phillips, A. S. Schulz, D. B. Shmoys, C. Stein, J. Wein, Improved scheduling algorithms for minsum criteria, in Proceedings of ICALP 1996, LNCS 1099, Springer, pp. 646–657 (reference [3] of the paper).
  • F. Afrati et al., Approximation schemes for minimizing average weighted completion time with release dates, in Proceedings of the 40th IEEE FOCS, 1999, pp. 32–43 (reference [2] of the paper).
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Local Search Heuristics for k-Median and Facility Location Problems IV: Local Search with Multi-Copy Moves for Capacitated Facility Location Has Locality Gap 4Research Paper

Motivation

Facility location asks where to open service points (warehouses, plants, servers) and how to connect customers to them so that the total opening cost plus the total connection cost is minimum. In the capacitated version each facility can serve only a limited number of customers, which is the situation in most applications: a warehouse has a floor area, a server a bandwidth. The problem is NP-hard, and the algorithms used in practice for it are often simple local search heuristics: start from a solution and repeatedly apply a small change that lowers the cost, until no such change exists.

The quality of such a heuristic is measured by its locality gap: the largest possible ratio between the cost of a solution that no allowed change can improve and the cost of an optimum solution. Arya, Garg, Khandekar, Meyerson, Munagala and Pandit (SIAM J. Comput. 33(3), 2004) gave locality-gap analyses for k-median, uncapacitated facility location, and the capacitated problem in which several copies of a facility may be opened. This mission formalizes their §5, the capacitated case.

Timeline (as surveyed on pp. 545–546 of the paper). For the variant 1-CFL, where at most one facility may be opened at each location, Korupolu, Plaxton and Rajaraman (1998) showed that local search with add, drop and swap moves has locality gap at most 8 when capacities are uniform; Chudak and Williamson (IPCO 1999) refined this to 6, and Pál, Tardos and Wexler gave a local search with gap 9 for nonuniform capacities. For ∞-CFL, the variant with copies studied here, the known algorithms were LP-based: a 3-approximation of Chudak and Shmoys (1999) for uniform capacities, a 4-approximation of Jain and Vazirani for nonuniform capacities, and a 2-approximation of Mahdian, Ye and Zhang. Arya et al. (2004) analysed local search for ∞-CFL with nonuniform capacities: with a new move that drops any set of open copies and opens several copies of one facility, the locality gap is at most 4 (Theorem 5.5), and scaling the facility costs gives 2+3+ϵ2 + \sqrt3 + \epsilon2+3​+ϵ (p. 561). The tight example for uncapacitated facility location (§4.3) also shows a locally optimum solution of cost 3 times the optimum, so the locality gap of the procedure lies between 3 and 4; its exact value was left open (§6).

Setting

An instance consists of a finite set CCC of clients, a set FFF of facilities and a distance ccc on C∪FC \cup FC∪F that is nonnegative, symmetric and satisfies the triangle inequality; cjic_{ji}cji​ is the cost of serving client jjj from facility iii. Every facility iii has an opening cost fi≥0f_i \ge 0fi​≥0 and an integer capacity ui>0u_i > 0ui​>0. Any number of copies of a facility may be opened; each copy of iii costs fif_ifi​ and serves at most uiu_iui​ clients.

A solution XXX opens a finite list of copies, copy sss being a copy of facility loc(s)\mathrm{loc}(s)loc(s), and assigns every client jjj to a copy σ(j)\sigma(j)σ(j) so that each copy sss serves at most uloc(s)u_{\mathrm{loc}(s)}uloc(s)​ clients. Write NX(s)N_X(s)NX​(s) for the set of clients served by copy sss and NX(T)N_X(T)NX​(T) for the clients served by a set TTT of copies. Its costs are

costf(X)=∑sfloc(s),costs(X)=∑j∈Ccj loc(σ(j)),cost(X)=costf(X)+costs(X).\mathrm{cost}_f(X) = \sum_s f_{\mathrm{loc}(s)}, \qquad \mathrm{cost}_s(X) = \sum_{j\in C} c_{j\,\mathrm{loc}(\sigma(j))}, \qquad \mathrm{cost}(X) = \mathrm{cost}_f(X) + \mathrm{cost}_s(X).costf​(X)=s∑​floc(s)​,costs​(X)=j∈C∑​cjloc(σ(j))​,cost(X)=costf​(X)+costs​(X).

The neighbourhood (9) of a solution whose multiset of open facilities is SSS consists of

  1. S+s′S + s'S+s′: one more copy of any facility s′s's′;
  2. S−T+l⋅{s′}S - T + l\cdot\{s'\}S−T+l⋅{s′}: close any set TTT of open copies and open l≥1l \ge 1l≥1 copies of a facility s′s's′, provided l us′≥∣NS(T)∣l\,u_{s'} \ge |N_S(T)|lus′​≥∣NS​(T)∣.

XXX is locally optimum if no neighbour, with any feasible assignment of the clients, has smaller cost.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.5

For every instance with at least one client, every locally optimum solution XXX and every solution OOO,

cost(X)≤4 cost(O).\mathrm{cost}(X) \le 4\,\mathrm{cost}(O).cost(X)≤4cost(O).

Milestones

In the order the paper's proof uses them:

  1. Lemma 5.1 (service cost): costs(X)≤costf(O)+costs(O)\mathrm{cost}_s(X) \le \mathrm{cost}_f(O) + \mathrm{cost}_s(O)costs​(X)≤costf​(O)+costs​(O).
  2. Lemma 5.2: for every set UUU of copies of XXX and every facility s′s's′,
⌈∣NX(U)∣us′⌉fs′+∑s∈U∣NX(s)∣ css′≥∑s∈Ufs.\left\lceil \frac{|N_X(U)|}{u_{s'}}\right\rceil f_{s'} + \sum_{s\in U} |N_X(s)|\, c_{ss'} \ge \sum_{s\in U} f_s .⌈us′​∣NX​(U)∣​⌉fs′​+s∈U∑​∣NX​(s)∣css′​≥s∈U∑​fs​.
  1. Lemma 5.4: in the graph with arcs vs→wov_s \to w_ovs​→wo​ of length csoc_{so}cso​ and wo→sinkw_o \to \mathrm{sink}wo​→sink of length fo/uof_o/u_ofo​/uo​, ∣NX(s)∣|N_X(s)|∣NX​(s)∣ units can be routed from every vsv_svs​ at cost at most costs(X)+costs(O)+costf(O)\mathrm{cost}_s(X) + \mathrm{cost}_s(O) + \mathrm{cost}_f(O)costs​(X)+costs​(O)+costf​(O).
  2. Inequality (10): the shortest-path flow, with ToT_oTo​ the copies routed through wow_owo​, satisfies ∑o∑s∈To∣NX(s)∣(cso+fo/uo)≤costs(X)+costs(O)+costf(O)\sum_o\sum_{s\in T_o}|N_X(s)|(c_{so} + f_o/u_o) \le \mathrm{cost}_s(X) + \mathrm{cost}_s(O) + \mathrm{cost}_f(O)∑o​∑s∈To​​∣NX​(s)∣(cso​+fo​/uo​)≤costs​(X)+costs​(O)+costf​(O).
  3. Inequality (11): ∑ofo+∑o∑s∈To∣NX(s)∣(cso+fo/uo)≥costf(X)\sum_o f_o + \sum_o \sum_{s\in T_o} |N_X(s)|(c_{so} + f_o/u_o) \ge \mathrm{cost}_f(X)∑o​fo​+∑o​∑s∈To​​∣NX​(s)∣(cso​+fo​/uo​)≥costf​(X).
  4. Lemma 5.3 (facility cost): costf(X)≤3 costf(O)+2 costs(O)\mathrm{cost}_f(X) \le 3\,\mathrm{cost}_f(O) + 2\,\mathrm{cost}_s(O)costf​(X)≤3costf​(O)+2costs​(O).

A companion item states the scaled bound of p. 561: a local optimum for facility costs (3−1)f(\sqrt3 - 1) f(3​−1)f has cost at most (2+3) cost(O)(2 + \sqrt3)\,\mathrm{cost}(O)(2+3​)cost(O) in the original instance.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.5 gives a constant locality gap for a local search procedure for capacitated facility location with copies and nonuniform capacities, a variant previously approached through LP-based algorithms; the drop-add move it analyses is the paper's new operation for this problem. The scaled bound 2+3≈3.7322 + \sqrt3 \approx 3.7322+3​≈3.732 gives an approximation algorithm once local search is run to approximate local optimality. The paper also shows (Figure 13, the procedure T-hunt) that the exponentially large neighbourhood can be searched with a knapsack oracle, so the analysis applies to an implementable algorithm.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked version exists. The mission produces a checked model of capacitated facility location with copies (solutions, costs, the multiset neighbourhood) and of the locality-gap argument. The per-copy model and the flow comparison of Lemma 5.4 are reusable for other capacitated location problems and for local search analyses that compare a local optimum with an optimum through a flow or a matching.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt imitates the uncapacitated analysis: close one copy of XXX and send its clients to a nearby copy of OOO. With capacities this fails, since that copy of OOO may be too small to absorb them, and single-copy moves do not certify a constant bound. With the drop-add move a single copy of OOO must be charged for a whole group of copies of XXX, and the groups must be chosen so that the charges add up to a constant times cost(O)\mathrm{cost}(O)cost(O); the rounding ⌈∣NX(T)∣/us′⌉\lceil |N_X(T)|/u_{s'}\rceil⌈∣NX​(T)∣/us′​⌉ of the number of new copies costs an additional costf(O)\mathrm{cost}_f(O)costf​(O) that has to be absorbed as well.

Formalization scope

  • Solutions. A solution is a structure CFLSol Cl Fa u: a number n of open copies, a map loc : Fin n → Fa giving the facility of each copy, and an assignment σ : Cl → Fin n with the capacity constraint for every copy. Copies are separate indices because NS(s)N_S(s)NS​(s) is per copy. Its multiset of facilities is the image multiset of loc.
  • Costs. A solution's cost is computed under its own assignment. The paper's cost of a multiset is the minimum over feasible assignments. Because every neighbour is compared with every feasible assignment, and OOO ranges over every assignment, the statements are equivalent to the paper's. The move with T={s}T = \{s\}T={s}, s′=loc(s)s' = \mathrm{loc}(s)s′=loc(s), l=1l = 1l=1 makes every reassignment of XXX's clients a neighbour, so a locally optimum XXX carries a minimum-cost assignment.
  • Neighbourhood. Local optimality ranges over the whole of (9): every s′s's′, every set TTT of copies (including ∅\emptyset∅ and all copies) and every l≥1l \ge 1l≥1 with lus′≥∣NX(T)∣l u_{s'} \ge |N_X(T)|lus′​≥∣NX​(T)∣. It is not restricted to what the search procedure T-hunt examines.
  • Standing assumptions. Distances are nonnegative, symmetric and satisfy the triangle inequality on C∪FC \cup FC∪F; d(x,x)=0d(x,x) = 0d(x,x)=0 is not assumed. Capacities are natural numbers with ui>0u_i > 0ui​>0; costs are real with fi≥0f_i \ge 0fi​≥0; every client has unit demand. Ratios fo/uof_o/u_ofo​/uo​ and the ceiling of Lemma 5.2 are computed in R\mathbb RR.
  • Added hypothesis. The goal, Lemmas 5.2 and 5.3 and the companion assume at least one client. Without clients a single idle copy of a facility with f=1f = 1f=1, u=1u = 1u=1 is locally optimum at cost 1 while the empty solution costs 0, so these statements fail. The paper's instances implicitly have clients.
  • No trivialization. OOO is any solution, not a fixed optimum, and the bounds are multiplied out (cost(X)≤4 cost(O)\mathrm{cost}(X) \le 4\,\mathrm{cost}(O)cost(X)≤4cost(O), never a ratio). The empty solution is excluded only by the presence of a client, not by a default cost.
  • Out of scope. The procedure T-hunt and the knapsack oracle, running time, the ϵ\epsilonϵ of approximate local optimality, and arbitrary demands.

Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones, alternative proofs of Lemma 5.4 or (10) (for instance through a matching argument instead of flows), and general infrastructure for multiset neighbourhoods and assignment problems.

Selected references

  • V. Arya, N. Garg, R. Khandekar, A. Meyerson, K. Munagala, V. Pandit, Local Search Heuristics for k-Median and Facility Location Problems, SIAM J. Comput. 33(3):544–562, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539702416402
  • M. R. Korupolu, C. G. Plaxton, R. Rajaraman, Analysis of a Local Search Heuristic for Facility Location Problems, J. Algorithms 37(1):146–188, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1006/jagm.2000.1100
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Local Search Heuristics for k-Median and Facility Location Problems I: Single-Swap Local Search for k-Median Has Locality Gap 5Research Paper

Motivation

The k-median problem asks where to open kkk facilities so that the total distance from a set of clients to their nearest open facility is as small as possible. It is a basic model of facility location in operations research (placing depots, warehouses or servers) and of clustering with representative centres, and it is NP-hard, so the question of interest is how close a polynomial-time method can come to the optimum.

Local search is among the most widely used heuristics for it: start from any kkk facilities and repeatedly exchange one open facility for a closed one while the cost decreases. Arya, Garg, Khandekar, Meyerson, Munagala and Pandit (SIAM J. Comput. 33(3), 2004) gave the first constant-factor guarantee for this heuristic on metric instances: every local optimum of the single-swap local search costs at most five times any solution with kkk facilities. This mission formalizes that result.

Timeline of the relevant bounds:

  • Korupolu, Plaxton and Rajaraman (SODA 1998) analysed a local search for k-median that opens k(1+ϵ)k(1+\epsilon)k(1+ϵ) facilities and costs at most 3+5/ϵ3 + 5/\epsilon3+5/ϵ times the optimum with kkk facilities.
  • Charikar, Guha, Tardos and Shmoys (STOC 1999) gave the first constant-factor approximation for metric k-median, by LP rounding (6236\tfrac23632​).
  • Jain and Vazirani (J. ACM 2001) and Charikar and Guha (FOCS 1999) improved the constant with primal–dual methods to 6 and 4.
  • Arya et al. (STOC 2001; SIAM J. Comput. 2004) proved the locality gap 5 for single swaps and 3+2/p3 + 2/p3+2/p for swaps of ppp facilities at a time, with matching examples.

Setting

A metric instance consists of a finite set CCC of clients, a finite set FFF of facilities and a distance ddd on C∪FC \cup FC∪F that is nonnegative, symmetric and satisfies the triangle inequality. Write cji=d(j,i)c_{ji} = d(j,i)cji​=d(j,i) for the cost of serving client jjj by facility iii.

For a nonempty set S⊆FS \subseteq FS⊆F of open facilities every client is served by its nearest open facility, and the cost of SSS is

cost(S)=∑j∈Cmin⁡i∈Scji.\mathrm{cost}(S) = \sum_{j \in C} \min_{i \in S} c_{ji}.cost(S)=j∈C∑​i∈Smin​cji​.

The k-median problem asks for a set SSS of at most kkk facilities of minimum cost.

A swap ⟨s,s′⟩\langle s, s'\rangle⟨s,s′⟩ closes a facility s∈Ss \in Ss∈S and opens a facility s′∉Ss' \notin Ss′∈/S, giving S−s+s′=(S∖{s})∪{s′}S - s + s' = (S \setminus \{s\}) \cup \{s'\}S−s+s′=(S∖{s})∪{s′}. The neighbourhood of SSS is

B(S)={S−{s}+{s′}∣s∈S, s′∉S},\mathcal B(S) = \{ S - \{s\} + \{s'\} \mid s \in S,\ s' \notin S \},B(S)={S−{s}+{s′}∣s∈S, s′∈/S},

and SSS is locally optimum if cost(S)≤cost(S′)\mathrm{cost}(S) \le \mathrm{cost}(S')cost(S)≤cost(S′) for every S′∈B(S)S' \in \mathcal B(S)S′∈B(S). The local search starts from an arbitrary set of kkk facilities and applies improving swaps until none exists; swaps preserve the number of facilities, so it stops at a locally optimum set of exactly kkk facilities. The locality gap is the supremum, over instances, of the ratio between the cost of a worst local optimum and the optimal cost.

The analysis uses the following notation. For a solution AAA, let σA\sigma_AσA​ assign each client to a nearest facility of AAA, let Aj=cjσA(j)A_j = c_{j\sigma_A(j)}Aj​=cjσA​(j)​ be the service cost of client jjj, and let NA(a)N_A(a)NA​(a) be the set of clients served by a∈Aa \in Aa∈A. For two solutions SSS and OOO put Nso=NO(o)∩NS(s)N^o_s = N_O(o) \cap N_S(s)Nso​=NO​(o)∩NS​(s). A facility s∈Ss \in Ss∈S captures o∈Oo \in Oo∈O if ∣Nso∣>12∣NO(o)∣|N^o_s| > \tfrac12 |N_O(o)|∣Nso​∣>21​∣NO​(o)∣; sss is bad if it captures some o∈Oo \in Oo∈O and good otherwise.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

For every metric instance, every kkk, every locally optimum set SSS of exactly kkk facilities and every nonempty set OOO of at most kkk facilities,

cost(S)≤5⋅cost(O).\mathrm{cost}(S) \le 5 \cdot \mathrm{cost}(O).cost(S)≤5⋅cost(O).

The comparison solution OOO is arbitrary, not an optimum; the statement is the locality gap bound in the form the proof gives.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. A facility ooo is captured by at most one facility of SSS (remark after Definition 3.1).
  2. Property 3.1: for each ooo there is a bijection π\piπ of NO(o)N_O(o)NO​(o) with π(Nso)∩Nso=∅\pi(N^o_s) \cap N^o_s = \emptysetπ(Nso​)∩Nso​=∅ whenever sss does not capture ooo.
  3. When ∣S∣=∣O∣|S| = |O|∣S∣=∣O∣ there are ∣O∣|O|∣O∣ swaps ⟨s,o⟩\langle s, o\rangle⟨s,o⟩, one for each o∈Oo \in Oo∈O, such that no facility capturing two or more facilities of OOO is used, every good facility is used at most twice, and a used sss captures no o′≠oo' \ne oo′=o.
  4. Inequality (2): for a locally optimum SSS and such a swap ⟨s,o⟩\langle s, o\rangle⟨s,o⟩,
∑j∈NO(o)(Oj−Sj)+∑j∈NS(s)j∉NO(o)(Oj+Oπ(j)+Sπ(j)−Sj)≥0.\sum_{j \in N_O(o)} (O_j - S_j) + \sum_{\substack{j \in N_S(s)\\ j \notin N_O(o)}} \bigl(O_j + O_{\pi(j)} + S_{\pi(j)} - S_j\bigr) \ge 0.j∈NO​(o)∑​(Oj​−Sj​)+j∈NS​(s)j∈/NO​(o)​∑​(Oj​+Oπ(j)​+Sπ(j)​−Sj​)≥0.

Significance

Theorem 3.2 shows that the simplest exchange heuristic for k-median is a constant-factor approximation on every metric instance, and the paper states that the analysis is tight: its example of §3.5, given for swaps of two facilities, is said to generalize to swaps of p≥1p \ge 1p≥1 facilities, where the bound 3+2/p3 + 2/p3+2/p is 5 for p=1p = 1p=1. Combined with the standard device of accepting only swaps that improve the cost by a factor 1−ϵ/Q1 - \epsilon/Q1−ϵ/Q, it yields a polynomial-time 5/(1−ϵ)5/(1-\epsilon)5/(1−ϵ)-approximation (p. 548). The same capture-and-reassignment argument is reused for multi-swap k-median, for uncapacitated and capacitated facility location in the same paper, and in later work on k-means and on local search for clustering; its milestones (the capture graph and the mapping π\piπ) are the reusable part.

The result has been proved since 2001 and is textbook material (Williamson and Shmoys, The Design of Approximation Algorithms, 2011, Chapter 9). No machine-checked proof of it is known; Mathlib has no k-median problem and no locality-gap result for any clustering objective. The work remaining is to formalize the known proof.

Difficulty

The obvious argument adds up the inequalities cost(S−s+o)≥cost(S)\mathrm{cost}(S - s + o) \ge \mathrm{cost}(S)cost(S−s+o)≥cost(S) over a pairing of SSS with OOO, rerouting the clients of the closed facility sss to the nearest remaining facility. This fails when a single facility of SSS serves most clients of several facilities of OOO: closing it leaves those clients with no nearby open facility, and no bound in terms of cost(O)\mathrm{cost}(O)cost(O) follows. The analysis must choose which swaps to consider so that such facilities are never closed, and must reroute the displaced clients of the facilities it does close to a facility other than the closed one while paying only a constant multiple of their own service costs. Both choices must work for arbitrary ties in the nearest-facility assignments and when SSS and OOO share facilities.

Formalization scope

Namespace LocalSearchFL.KMedian. Clients and facilities are types Cl, Fa with Fintype and DecidableEq; the distance is a real-valued function on Cl ⊕ Fa with fields for nonnegativity, symmetry and the triangle inequality, and d(x,x)=0d(x,x) = 0d(x,x)=0 is not assumed. Solutions are Finset Fa. The cost is defined only for nonempty sets, from a nonemptiness proof, so no value is assigned to the empty solution; the goal takes SSS nonempty with S.card = k, which is the paper's k≥1k \ge 1k≥1. Local optimality quantifies over every swap ⟨s,s′⟩\langle s, s'\rangle⟨s,s′⟩ with s∈Ss \in Ss∈S and s′∉Ss' \notin Ss′∈/S, exactly the neighbourhood B(S)\mathcal B(S)B(S) of Theorem 3.2, and not only over the swaps with s′∈Os' \in Os′∈O that the proof uses. The inequality is stated multiplied out, cost(S)≤5⋅cost(O)\mathrm{cost}(S) \le 5 \cdot \mathrm{cost}(O)cost(S)≤5⋅cost(O), so it is meaningful when cost(O)=0\mathrm{cost}(O) = 0cost(O)=0.

The milestones quantify over nearest-facility assignments σS\sigma_SσS​, σO\sigma_OσO​ with arbitrary ties. Capture is stated in integers as ∣NO(o)∣<2∣Nso∣|N_O(o)| < 2|N^o_s|∣NO​(o)∣<2∣Nso​∣. The bijection π\piπ of NO(o)N_O(o)NO​(o) is a permutation of all clients fixing every client outside NO(o)N_O(o)NO​(o); in inequality (2) it is a single permutation preserving every NO(o)N_O(o)NO​(o). Milestones 1–3 are purely combinatorial and are stated for arbitrary assignments, which contains the paper's case.

A formalization in which local optimality ranges over the swaps ⟨s,o⟩\langle s, o\rangle⟨s,o⟩, o∈Oo \in Oo∈O, only, or in which ∣O∣=∣S∣|O| = |S|∣O∣=∣S∣ or OOO optimal is assumed, or in which the cost of the empty set is 000, is a different statement and is ruled out.

A complete development needs the finite-sum and Finset.inf' API of Mathlib, permutations (Equiv.Perm) and finite counting. The capture machinery and the mapping π\piπ are reusable for the multi-swap and facility location missions of this series. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently of the goal.

Selected references

  • V. Arya, N. Garg, R. Khandekar, A. Meyerson, K. Munagala, V. Pandit, Local Search Heuristics for k-Median and Facility Location Problems, SIAM J. Comput. 33(3):544–562, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539702416402
  • M. Charikar, S. Guha, É. Tardos, D. B. Shmoys, A Constant-Factor Approximation Algorithm for the k-Median Problem, J. Comput. System Sci. 65(1):129–149, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1006/jcss.2002.1882
  • K. Jain, V. V. Vazirani, Approximation Algorithms for Metric Facility Location and k-Median Problems Using the Primal-Dual Schema and Lagrangian Relaxation, J. ACM 48(2):274–296, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1145/375827.375845
  • M. R. Korupolu, C. G. Plaxton, R. Rajaraman, Analysis of a Local Search Heuristic for Facility Location Problems, J. Algorithms 37(1):146–188, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1006/jagm.2000.1100
  • D. P. Williamson, D. B. Shmoys, The Design of Approximation Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511921735
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
Functional AnalysisOptimization·Captain: Lucas

The Grothendieck Constant: New Upper and Lower BoundsOpen Problem

Motivation

Given a real matrix A=(aij)∈Rm×nA=(a_{ij})\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}A=(aij​)∈Rm×n, consider maximizing the bilinear form ∑i,jaijxiyj\sum_{i,j}a_{ij}x_iy_j∑i,j​aij​xi​yj​ over sign vectors x∈{±1}mx\in\{\pm1\}^mx∈{±1}m, y∈{±1}ny\in\{\pm1\}^ny∈{±1}n. This discrete optimum, written OPT(A)\mathrm{OPT}(A)OPT(A), is closely tied to the cut norm of a matrix and is NP-hard to compute. Relaxing each sign to a unit vector and each product to an inner product gives the semidefinite value SDP(A)\mathrm{SDP}(A)SDP(A), computable in polynomial time. Grothendieck's inequality (Grothendieck, 1953) states that the relaxation overshoots by at most a universal factor: there is a finite KKK, independent of AAA, of m,nm,nm,n, and of the dimension of the vectors, with SDP(A)≤K⋅OPT(A)\mathrm{SDP}(A)\le K\cdot\mathrm{OPT}(A)SDP(A)≤K⋅OPT(A) for every AAA. The Grothendieck constant KGK_GKG​ is the least such KKK — equivalently, the worst-case integrality gap of the canonical semidefinite relaxation of this bilinear problem.

The constant is not a curiosity of one optimization problem. It originated in functional analysis, where it is central to the geometry of Banach spaces and to harmonic analysis; it governs the approximation ratio available for cut norms; and, in quantum information, it measures the maximal advantage of quantum over classical correlations in Bell-type experiments. Its exact value has been open since 1953.

A timeline of the bounds:

  • 1953, Grothendieck. Existence of a finite KKK, together with the lower bound KG≥π/2=1.5707…K_G\ge\pi/2=1.5707\ldotsKG​≥π/2=1.5707…
  • 1977, Krivine. KG≤π/(2log⁡(1+2))=1.7822…K_G\le\pi/\bigl(2\log(1+\sqrt2)\bigr)=1.7822\ldotsKG​≤π/(2log(1+2​))=1.7822…, obtained by analyzing hyperplane rounding, and conjectured to be optimal.
  • 1984/1991, Davie and Reeds (independently). KG≥1.6769…K_G\ge1.6769\ldotsKG​≥1.6769…, from an explicit high-dimensional Gaussian hard instance.
  • 2011, Braverman–Makarychev–Makarychev–Naor. Krivine's conjecture is false: KG<π/(2log⁡(1+2))K_G<\pi/(2\log(1+\sqrt2))KG​<π/(2log(1+2​)) strictly, with no quantitative gap.
  • 2014, Naor–Regev. Mixtures of Krivine schemes are asymptotically optimal: rounding schemes of this one family approach the true value of KGK_GKG​.
  • 2026, Heilman; Jones–Malavolta. The first improvements on Davie–Reeds, by 10−2610^{-26}10−26 and 10−1210^{-12}10−12 respectively; and the first explicit numerical improvements on Krivine's bound, of order 10−510^{-5}10−5 (Heilman; Li–Saha–Xue et al.).
  • 2026, Saha–Li–Xue–Chaudhuri–Klivans–Kothari–Meka. The bounds this mission targets:
6π11 ≤ KG ≤ π2log⁡(1+2)−3.47×10−4,\frac{6\pi}{11}\ \le\ K_G\ \le\ \frac{\pi}{2\log(1+\sqrt2)}-3.47\times10^{-4},116π​ ≤ KG​ ≤ 2log(1+2​)π​−3.47×10−4,

i.e. 1.7135…≤KG≤1.7818…1.7135\ldots\le K_G\le1.7818\ldots1.7135…≤KG​≤1.7818…, which fixes the tenths digit of KGK_GKG​ at 777.

Setting

Fix m,n∈Nm,n\in\mathbb Nm,n∈N and A∈Rm×nA\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n.

OPT(A):=max⁡x∈{±1}m,  y∈{±1}n∑i,jaijxiyj,SDP(A):=sup⁡d∈N sup⁡ui,vj∈Sd−1∑i,jaij⟨ui,vj⟩.\mathrm{OPT}(A):=\max_{x\in\{\pm1\}^m,\;y\in\{\pm1\}^n}\sum_{i,j}a_{ij}x_iy_j,\qquad \mathrm{SDP}(A):=\sup_{d\in\mathbb N}\ \sup_{u_i,v_j\in S^{d-1}}\sum_{i,j}a_{ij}\langle u_i,v_j\rangle .OPT(A):=x∈{±1}m,y∈{±1}nmax​i,j∑​aij​xi​yj​,SDP(A):=d∈Nsup​ ui​,vj​∈Sd−1sup​i,j∑​aij​⟨ui​,vj​⟩.

Here u1,…,umu_1,\dots,u_mu1​,…,um​ and v1,…,vnv_1,\dots,v_nv1​,…,vn​ are unit vectors of a common but arbitrary finite dimension ddd. Since a sign is a unit vector in dimension one, OPT(A)≤SDP(A)\mathrm{OPT}(A)\le\mathrm{SDP}(A)OPT(A)≤SDP(A). Call KKK a Grothendieck bound if SDP(A)≤K⋅OPT(A)\mathrm{SDP}(A)\le K\cdot\mathrm{OPT}(A)SDP(A)≤K⋅OPT(A) for every mmm, nnn and AAA, and set KG:=inf⁡{K:K is a Grothendieck bound}K_G:=\inf\{K: K\text{ is a Grothendieck bound}\}KG​:=inf{K:K is a Grothendieck bound}.

Upper bounds on KGK_GKG​ come from rounding algorithms. A Krivine scheme of dimension kkk is a pair of partitions of Rk\mathbb R^kRk into a +1+1+1 region and a −1-1−1 region, encoded by measurable odd functions f,g:Rk→{±1}f,g:\mathbb R^k\to\{\pm1\}f,g:Rk→{±1}: the algorithm maps each SDP vector to a Gaussian point in Rk\mathbb R^kRk, correlated according to the inner products, and reads off the label of the region the point lands in. Taking f=g=sgn⁡(z1)f=g=\operatorname{sgn}(z_1)f=g=sgn(z1​) recovers random hyperplane rounding. The quality of a scheme is carried by its normalized correlation function

H(t):=π2 E[f(X)g(Y)],H(t):=\frac{\pi}{2}\,\mathbb E\bigl[f(X)g(Y)\bigr],H(t):=2π​E[f(X)g(Y)],

where X,YX,YX,Y are standard Gaussian vectors in Rk\mathbb R^kRk with E[XiYi]=t\mathbb E[X_iY_i]=tE[Xi​Yi​]=t for every coordinate iii. For the half-space partition H(t)=arcsin⁡tH(t)=\arcsin tH(t)=arcsint, whose analysis gives Krivine's bound. Writing the odd expansion H(t)=b1t+b3t3+⋯H(t)=b_1t+b_3t^3+\cdotsH(t)=b1​t+b3​t3+⋯, the hyperplane scheme sits at (b1,b3)=(1,16)(b_1,b_3)=(1,\tfrac16)(b1​,b3​)=(1,61​).

Formalization targets

Goal

6π11 ≤ KG ≤ π2log⁡(1+2)−3.47×10−4\frac{6\pi}{11}\ \le\ K_G\ \le\ \frac{\pi}{2\log(1+\sqrt2)}-3.47\times10^{-4}116π​ ≤ KG​ ≤ 2log(1+2​)π​−3.47×10−4

This is the two-sided bound the source paper states as the outcome of its Theorems 2.1 and 2.2. It is the weakest statement that carries both of the paper's contributions at once; each side is also a milestone in its own right, so partial progress is recorded even if only one direction closes.

Milestones

The milestone list runs from the classical background to the two new bounds: OPT≤SDP\mathrm{OPT}\le\mathrm{SDP}OPT≤SDP; the existence of a finite Grothendieck bound; KG≥π/2K_G\ge\pi/2KG​≥π/2; Krivine's KG≤π/(2log⁡(1+2))K_G\le\pi/(2\log(1+\sqrt2))KG​≤π/(2log(1+2​)); the affine coefficient constraint b3≥2b1−116b_3\ge2b_1-\tfrac{11}{6}b3​≥2b1​−611​ valid for every Krivine scheme (Theorem 2.2, equation (1)); the transfer of a member of the affine family into a lower bound on KGK_GKG​ (Appendix A); the lower bound KG≥6π/11K_G\ge6\pi/11KG​≥6π/11 (Theorem 2.2); and the cubic–quintic upper bound (Theorem 2.1).

Significance

The two target bounds narrow an interval that had been essentially static for four decades: before 2026 the state of the art was 1.6769…≤KG≤1.7822…1.6769\ldots\le K_G\le1.7822\ldots1.6769…≤KG​≤1.7822…, wide enough that the tenths digit was unknown. The lower bound is also methodologically new. Every previous lower bound was obtained by exhibiting a hard instance; this one instead proves a ceiling on the performance of every rounding scheme in the Krivine family and converts that ceiling, through the Naor–Regev optimality theorem, into a bound on the constant. The affine constraint b3≥2b1−116b_3\ge2b_1-\tfrac{11}{6}b3​≥2b1​−611​ is the transportable core of that argument: being affine in the coefficients, it survives mixing schemes and passing to limits, which is exactly what the reduction to KGK_GKG​ requires.

On the formalization side, nothing here is machine-checked today. The upper bound (Theorem 2.1) is certified by interval arithmetic in the companion paper, and the lower bound's central one-dimensional inequality likewise rests on a computer-assisted certificate; reproducing either inside Lean means building a rigorous numeric layer on top of the analytic argument. Ahead of that, the mission needs a formal definition of KGK_GKG​ itself and of the Krivine-scheme apparatus, neither of which exists in Mathlib — these are reusable well beyond this mission, since Grothendieck's inequality feeds cut-norm approximation and Bell-inequality bounds. Contributions of intermediate lemmas about OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT, SDP\mathrm{SDP}SDP, Gaussian correlation identities, and Hermite expansions are welcome even when the headline bounds stay open.

Difficulty

The obvious route to a lower bound is to write down a matrix and compute. That route is what Davie and Reeds exhausted; improving it has produced gains of order 10−1210^{-12}10−12 at best, because the hard instances are high-dimensional Gaussian objects whose OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT is itself hard to bound tightly. The route taken here avoids instances entirely, and its difficulty lies elsewhere: a constraint on a single scheme is worthless unless it survives averaging over schemes and passing to limits of schemes of growing dimension, since only then does the Naor–Regev optimality theorem convert it into a statement about KGK_GKG​. Constraints that are nonlinear in the scheme do not survive that passage, which is why the target inequality is affine in (b1,b3)(b_1,b_3)(b1​,b3​). For the upper bound, the difficulty is that the improvement is genuinely asymptotic: it comes from a limit of schemes of growing dimension rather than any fixed low-dimensional partition, and the final margin of 3.47×10−43.47\times10^{-4}3.47×10−4 is certified numerically rather than in closed form.

Formalization scope

OPT(A)\mathrm{OPT}(A)OPT(A) and SDP(A)\mathrm{SDP}(A)SDP(A) are defined as suprema of explicitly described sets of reals, over matrices indexed by Fin m and Fin n with real entries; the sign vectors are real-valued functions constrained to take the values 111 and −1-1−1, and the relaxation quantifies over unit vectors of EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) for an existentially quantified ddd, so no dimension bound is built in. The empty-index cases m=0m=0m=0 or n=0n=0n=0 are included and give value 000 on both sides. KGK_GKG​ is the infimum of the set of Grothendieck bounds; that set is nonempty precisely by Grothendieck's inequality, which is itself a milestone, and it is bounded below, so the infimum is not a junk value.

A Krivine scheme is a structure carrying two measurable ±1\pm1±1-valued functions on Fin k → ℝ, each odd almost everywhere. Almost-everywhere oddness is forced: no ±1\pm1±1-valued function satisfies f(−0)=−f(0)f(-0)=-f(0)f(−0)=−f(0) at the origin, so a pointwise requirement would make the structure empty and every statement about schemes vacuous. With the null-set relaxation the half-space partition is a scheme in every dimension k≥1k\ge1k≥1, and the definition file constructs it, pinning down non-vacuity; dimension k=0k=0k=0 admits no scheme. The correlation function is the explicit double Gaussian integral against the correlated-pair density, scaled by π/2\pi/2π/2, and the coefficients b1,b3b_1,b_3b1​,b3​ are read off as H′(0)H'(0)H′(0) and H′′′(0)/6H'''(0)/6H′′′(0)/6 — where HHH fails to be three times differentiable at 000 these are the ambient junk value 000, which a solver should keep in mind when reading the coefficient milestones.

No trivializing reading is available for the goal: it pins KGK_GKG​ between two explicit numerical constants, so it can be satisfied neither vacuously nor by a degenerate convention. Solvers should be aware that the source paper states its two theorems in abridged form and refers to its companion paper for the full proofs, and that the further bounds reported there — the stronger lower rungs 27π/4927\pi/4927π/49 and 51π/9251\pi/9251π/92, and the upper values 1.7818018410331.7818018410331.781801841033 and 1.78133198106256391.78133198106256391.7813319810625639 — are explicitly described as system-tested but not author-verified; they are deliberately outside this mission's milestone list.

Selected references

  • A. Grothendieck, Résumé de la théorie métrique des produits tensoriels topologiques, Bol. Soc. Mat. São Paulo 8 (1953), 1–79.
  • J.-L. Krivine, Sur la constante de Grothendieck, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris (1977).
  • M. Braverman, K. Makarychev, Y. Makarychev, A. Naor, The Grothendieck constant is strictly smaller than Krivine's bound, FOCS 2011, 453–462. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2011.77
  • A. Naor, O. Regev, Krivine schemes are optimal, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 142 (2014), 4315–4320. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9939-2014-12145-3
  • N. Alon, A. Naor, Approximating the cut-norm via Grothendieck's inequality, SIAM J. Comput. 35 (2006), 787–803. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539704441629
  • A. Li, R. Saha, A. Xue, S. Chaudhuri, A. Klivans, P. K. Kothari, R. Meka, Long-Horizon AI Research for Grothendieck Constant: A Case Study in Human–AI Mathematical Collaboration, arXiv:2608.11195v3, 2026. https://arxiv.org/abs/2608.11195
  • R. Saha, A. Li, A. Xue, S. Chaudhuri, A. Klivans, P. K. Kothari, R. Meka, New upper and lower bounds for the Grothendieck constant, 2026 (companion paper containing the full proofs).
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 5 of 19Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me